History log of /linux-master/drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch_offloads.c
Revision Date Author Comments
# aa4ac90d 11-Apr-2024 Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: SD, Handle possible devcom ERR_PTR

Check if devcom holds an error pointer and return immediately.

This fixes Smatch static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/lib/sd.c:221 sd_register()
error: 'devcom' dereferencing possible ERR_PTR()

Enhance mlx5_devcom_register_component() so it stops returning NULL,
making it easier for its callers.

Fixes: d3d057666090 ("net/mlx5: SD, Implement devcom communication and primary election")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/f09666c8-e604-41f6-958b-4cc55c73faf9@gmail.com/T/
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Gal Pressman <gal@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240411115444.374475-3-tariqt@nvidia.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 7772dc74 09-Apr-2024 Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Disallow SRIOV switchdev mode when in multi-PF netdev

Adaptations need to be made for the auxiliary device management in the
core driver level. Block this combination for now.

Fixes: 678eb448055a ("net/mlx5: SD, Implement basic query and instantiation")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Dragos Tatulea <dtatulea@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Gal Pressman <gal@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240409190820.227554-12-tariqt@nvidia.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 0553e753 09-Apr-2024 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, store eswitch pointer before registering devlink_param

Next patch will move devlink register to be first. Therefore, whenever
mlx5 will register a param, the user will be notified.
In order to notify the user, devlink is using the get() callback of
the param. Hence, resources that are being used by the get() callback
must be set before the devlink param is registered.

Therefore, store eswitch pointer inside mdev before registering the
param.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240409190820.227554-2-tariqt@nvidia.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 85ea2c5c 10-Jan-2024 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Change flow rule destination checking

The checking in the cited commit is not accurate. In the common case,
VF destination is internal, and uplink destination is external.
However, uplink destination with packet reformat is considered as
internal because firmware uses LB+hairpin to support it. Update the
checking so header rewrite rules with both internal and external
destinations are not allowed.

Fixes: e0e22d59b47a ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Add checking for flow rule destinations")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Rahul Rameshbabu <rrameshbabu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 8deeefb2 18-Oct-2023 Gavin Li <gavinl@nvidia.com>

Revert "net/mlx5: Block entering switchdev mode with ns inconsistency"

This reverts commit 662404b24a4c4d839839ed25e3097571f5938b9b.
The revert is required due to the suspicion it is not good for anything
and cause crash.

Fixes: 662404b24a4c ("net/mlx5e: Block entering switchdev mode with ns inconsistency")
Signed-off-by: Gavin Li <gavinl@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 04ad04e4 06-Oct-2023 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Refactor mlx5_flow_destination->rep pointer to vport num

Currently the destination rep pointer is only used for comparisons or to
obtain vport number from it. Since it is used both during flow creation and
deletion it may point to representor of another eswitch instance which can
be deallocated during driver unload even when there are rules pointing to
it[0]. Refactor the code to store vport number and 'valid' flag instead of
the representor pointer.

[0]:
[176805.886303] ==================================================================
[176805.889433] BUG: KASAN: slab-use-after-free in esw_cleanup_dests+0x390/0x440 [mlx5_core]
[176805.892981] Read of size 2 at addr ffff888155090aa0 by task modprobe/27280

[176805.895462] CPU: 3 PID: 27280 Comm: modprobe Tainted: G B 6.6.0-rc3+ #1
[176805.896771] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (Q35 + ICH9, 2009), BIOS rel-1.13.0-0-gf21b5a4aeb02-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
[176805.898514] Call Trace:
[176805.899026] <TASK>
[176805.899519] dump_stack_lvl+0x33/0x50
[176805.900221] print_report+0xc2/0x610
[176805.900893] ? mlx5_chains_put_table+0x33d/0x8d0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.901897] ? esw_cleanup_dests+0x390/0x440 [mlx5_core]
[176805.902852] kasan_report+0xac/0xe0
[176805.903509] ? esw_cleanup_dests+0x390/0x440 [mlx5_core]
[176805.904461] esw_cleanup_dests+0x390/0x440 [mlx5_core]
[176805.905223] __mlx5_eswitch_del_rule+0x1ae/0x460 [mlx5_core]
[176805.906044] ? esw_cleanup_dests+0x440/0x440 [mlx5_core]
[176805.906822] ? xas_find_conflict+0x420/0x420
[176805.907496] ? down_read+0x11e/0x200
[176805.908046] mlx5e_tc_rule_unoffload+0xc4/0x2a0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.908844] mlx5e_tc_del_fdb_flow+0x7da/0xb10 [mlx5_core]
[176805.909597] mlx5e_flow_put+0x4b/0x80 [mlx5_core]
[176805.910275] mlx5e_delete_flower+0x5b4/0xb70 [mlx5_core]
[176805.911010] tc_setup_cb_reoffload+0x27/0xb0
[176805.911648] fl_reoffload+0x62d/0x900 [cls_flower]
[176805.912313] ? mlx5e_rep_indr_block_unbind+0xd0/0xd0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.913151] ? __fl_put+0x230/0x230 [cls_flower]
[176805.913768] ? filter_irq_stacks+0x90/0x90
[176805.914335] ? kasan_save_stack+0x1e/0x40
[176805.914893] ? kasan_set_track+0x21/0x30
[176805.915484] ? kasan_save_free_info+0x27/0x40
[176805.916105] tcf_block_playback_offloads+0x79/0x1f0
[176805.916773] ? mlx5e_rep_indr_block_unbind+0xd0/0xd0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.917647] tcf_block_unbind+0x12d/0x330
[176805.918239] tcf_block_offload_cmd.isra.0+0x24e/0x320
[176805.918953] ? tcf_block_bind+0x770/0x770
[176805.919551] ? _raw_read_unlock_irqrestore+0x30/0x30
[176805.920236] ? mutex_lock+0x7d/0xd0
[176805.920735] ? mutex_unlock+0x80/0xd0
[176805.921255] tcf_block_offload_unbind+0xa5/0x120
[176805.921909] __tcf_block_put+0xc2/0x2d0
[176805.922467] ingress_destroy+0xf4/0x3d0 [sch_ingress]
[176805.923178] __qdisc_destroy+0x9d/0x280
[176805.923741] dev_shutdown+0x1c6/0x330
[176805.924295] unregister_netdevice_many_notify+0x6ef/0x1500
[176805.925034] ? netdev_freemem+0x50/0x50
[176805.925610] ? _raw_spin_lock_irq+0x7b/0xd0
[176805.926235] ? _raw_spin_lock_bh+0xe0/0xe0
[176805.926849] unregister_netdevice_queue+0x1e0/0x280
[176805.927592] ? unregister_netdevice_many+0x10/0x10
[176805.928275] unregister_netdev+0x18/0x20
[176805.928835] mlx5e_vport_rep_unload+0xc0/0x200 [mlx5_core]
[176805.929608] mlx5_esw_offloads_unload_rep+0x9d/0xc0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.930492] mlx5_eswitch_unload_vf_vports+0x108/0x1a0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.931422] ? mlx5_eswitch_unload_sf_vport+0x50/0x50 [mlx5_core]
[176805.932304] ? rwsem_down_write_slowpath+0x11f0/0x11f0
[176805.932987] mlx5_eswitch_disable_sriov+0x6f9/0xa60 [mlx5_core]
[176805.933807] ? mlx5_core_disable_hca+0xe1/0x130 [mlx5_core]
[176805.934576] ? mlx5_eswitch_disable_locked+0x580/0x580 [mlx5_core]
[176805.935463] mlx5_device_disable_sriov+0x138/0x490 [mlx5_core]
[176805.936308] mlx5_sriov_disable+0x8c/0xb0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.937063] remove_one+0x7f/0x210 [mlx5_core]
[176805.937711] pci_device_remove+0x96/0x1c0
[176805.938289] device_release_driver_internal+0x361/0x520
[176805.938981] ? kobject_put+0x5c/0x330
[176805.939553] driver_detach+0xd7/0x1d0
[176805.940101] bus_remove_driver+0x11f/0x290
[176805.943847] pci_unregister_driver+0x23/0x1f0
[176805.944505] mlx5_cleanup+0xc/0x20 [mlx5_core]
[176805.945189] __x64_sys_delete_module+0x2b3/0x450
[176805.945837] ? module_flags+0x300/0x300
[176805.946377] ? dput+0xc2/0x830
[176805.946848] ? __kasan_record_aux_stack+0x9c/0xb0
[176805.947555] ? __call_rcu_common.constprop.0+0x46c/0xb50
[176805.948338] ? fpregs_assert_state_consistent+0x1d/0xa0
[176805.949055] ? exit_to_user_mode_prepare+0x30/0x120
[176805.949713] do_syscall_64+0x3d/0x90
[176805.950226] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0
[176805.950904] RIP: 0033:0x7f7f42c3f5ab
[176805.951462] Code: 73 01 c3 48 8b 0d 75 a8 1b 00 f7 d8 64 89 01 48 83 c8 ff c3 66 2e 0f 1f 84 00 00 00 00 00 90 f3 0f 1e fa b8 b0 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 01 f0 ff ff 73 01 c3 48 8b 0d 45 a8 1b 00 f7 d8 64 89 01 48
[176805.953710] RSP: 002b:00007fff07dc9d08 EFLAGS: 00000206 ORIG_RAX: 00000000000000b0
[176805.954691] RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 000055b6e91c01e0 RCX: 00007f7f42c3f5ab
[176805.955691] RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000800 RDI: 000055b6e91c0248
[176805.956662] RBP: 000055b6e91c01e0 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000
[176805.957601] R10: 00007f7f42d9eac0 R11: 0000000000000206 R12: 000055b6e91c0248
[176805.958593] R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 000055b6e91bfb38 R15: 0000000000000000
[176805.959599] </TASK>

[176805.960324] Allocated by task 20490:
[176805.960893] kasan_save_stack+0x1e/0x40
[176805.961463] kasan_set_track+0x21/0x30
[176805.962019] __kasan_kmalloc+0x77/0x90
[176805.962554] esw_offloads_init+0x1bb/0x480 [mlx5_core]
[176805.963318] mlx5_eswitch_init+0xc70/0x15c0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.964092] mlx5_init_one_devl_locked+0x366/0x1230 [mlx5_core]
[176805.964902] probe_one+0x6f7/0xc90 [mlx5_core]
[176805.965541] local_pci_probe+0xd7/0x180
[176805.966075] pci_device_probe+0x231/0x6f0
[176805.966631] really_probe+0x1d4/0xb50
[176805.967179] __driver_probe_device+0x18d/0x450
[176805.967810] driver_probe_device+0x49/0x120
[176805.968431] __driver_attach+0x1fb/0x490
[176805.968976] bus_for_each_dev+0xed/0x170
[176805.969560] bus_add_driver+0x21a/0x570
[176805.970124] driver_register+0x133/0x460
[176805.970684] 0xffffffffa0678065
[176805.971180] do_one_initcall+0x92/0x2b0
[176805.971744] do_init_module+0x22d/0x720
[176805.972318] load_module+0x58c3/0x63b0
[176805.972847] init_module_from_file+0xd2/0x130
[176805.973441] __x64_sys_finit_module+0x389/0x7c0
[176805.974045] do_syscall_64+0x3d/0x90
[176805.974556] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0

[176805.975566] Freed by task 27280:
[176805.976077] kasan_save_stack+0x1e/0x40
[176805.976655] kasan_set_track+0x21/0x30
[176805.977221] kasan_save_free_info+0x27/0x40
[176805.977834] ____kasan_slab_free+0x11a/0x1b0
[176805.978505] __kmem_cache_free+0x163/0x2d0
[176805.979113] esw_offloads_cleanup_reps+0xb8/0x120 [mlx5_core]
[176805.979963] mlx5_eswitch_cleanup+0x182/0x270 [mlx5_core]
[176805.980763] mlx5_cleanup_once+0x9a/0x1e0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.981477] mlx5_uninit_one+0xa9/0x180 [mlx5_core]
[176805.982196] remove_one+0x8f/0x210 [mlx5_core]
[176805.982868] pci_device_remove+0x96/0x1c0
[176805.983461] device_release_driver_internal+0x361/0x520
[176805.984169] driver_detach+0xd7/0x1d0
[176805.984702] bus_remove_driver+0x11f/0x290
[176805.985261] pci_unregister_driver+0x23/0x1f0
[176805.985847] mlx5_cleanup+0xc/0x20 [mlx5_core]
[176805.986483] __x64_sys_delete_module+0x2b3/0x450
[176805.987126] do_syscall_64+0x3d/0x90
[176805.987665] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0

[176805.988667] Last potentially related work creation:
[176805.989305] kasan_save_stack+0x1e/0x40
[176805.989839] __kasan_record_aux_stack+0x9c/0xb0
[176805.990443] kvfree_call_rcu+0x84/0xa30
[176805.990973] clean_xps_maps+0x265/0x6e0
[176805.991547] netif_reset_xps_queues.part.0+0x3f/0x80
[176805.992226] unregister_netdevice_many_notify+0xfcf/0x1500
[176805.992966] unregister_netdevice_queue+0x1e0/0x280
[176805.993638] unregister_netdev+0x18/0x20
[176805.994205] mlx5e_remove+0xba/0x1e0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.994872] auxiliary_bus_remove+0x52/0x70
[176805.995490] device_release_driver_internal+0x361/0x520
[176805.996196] bus_remove_device+0x1e1/0x3d0
[176805.996767] device_del+0x390/0x980
[176805.997270] mlx5_rescan_drivers_locked.part.0+0x130/0x540 [mlx5_core]
[176805.998195] mlx5_unregister_device+0x77/0xc0 [mlx5_core]
[176805.998989] mlx5_uninit_one+0x41/0x180 [mlx5_core]
[176805.999719] remove_one+0x8f/0x210 [mlx5_core]
[176806.000387] pci_device_remove+0x96/0x1c0
[176806.000938] device_release_driver_internal+0x361/0x520
[176806.001612] unbind_store+0xd8/0xf0
[176806.002108] kernfs_fop_write_iter+0x2c0/0x440
[176806.002748] vfs_write+0x725/0xba0
[176806.003294] ksys_write+0xed/0x1c0
[176806.003823] do_syscall_64+0x3d/0x90
[176806.004357] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0

[176806.005317] The buggy address belongs to the object at ffff888155090a80
which belongs to the cache kmalloc-64 of size 64
[176806.006774] The buggy address is located 32 bytes inside of
freed 64-byte region [ffff888155090a80, ffff888155090ac0)

[176806.008773] The buggy address belongs to the physical page:
[176806.009480] page:00000000a407e0e6 refcount:1 mapcount:0 mapping:0000000000000000 index:0x0 pfn:0x155090
[176806.010633] flags: 0x200000000000800(slab|node=0|zone=2)
[176806.011352] page_type: 0xffffffff()
[176806.011905] raw: 0200000000000800 ffff888100042640 ffffea000422b1c0 dead000000000004
[176806.012949] raw: 0000000000000000 0000000000200020 00000001ffffffff 0000000000000000
[176806.013933] page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected

[176806.014935] Memory state around the buggy address:
[176806.015601] ffff888155090980: fa fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
[176806.016568] ffff888155090a00: fa fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
[176806.017497] >ffff888155090a80: fa fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
[176806.018438] ^
[176806.019007] ffff888155090b00: fa fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
[176806.020001] ffff888155090b80: fa fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
[176806.020996] ==================================================================

Fixes: a508728a4c8b ("net/mlx5e: VF tunnel RX traffic offloading")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# da75fa54 13-Nov-2023 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Fix overrun reported by coverity

Coverity Scan reports the following issue. But it's impossible that
mlx5_get_dev_index returns 7 for PF, even if the index is calculated
from PCI FUNC ID. So add the checking to make coverity slience.

CID 610894 (#2 of 2): Out-of-bounds write (OVERRUN)
Overrunning array esw->fdb_table.offloads.peer_miss_rules of 4 8-byte
elements at element index 7 (byte offset 63) using index
mlx5_get_dev_index(peer_dev) (which evaluates to 7).

Fixes: 9bee385a6e39 ("net/mlx5: E-switch, refactor FDB miss rule add/remove")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 7aaf9752 30-Aug-2023 Gavin Li <gavinl@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Check netdev pointer before checking its net ns

Previously, when comparing the net namespaces, the case where the netdev
doesn't exist wasn't taken into account, and therefore can cause a crash.
In such a case, the comparing function should return false, as there is no
netdev->net to compare the devlink->net to.

Furthermore, this will result in an attempt to enter switchdev mode
without a netdev to fail, and which is the desired result as there is no
meaning in switchdev mode without a net device.

Fixes: 662404b24a4c ("net/mlx5e: Block entering switchdev mode with ns inconsistency")
Signed-off-by: Gavin Li <gavinl@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# baac8351 10-Oct-2023 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Reduce eswitch mode_lock protection context

Currently eswitch mode_lock is so heavy, for example, it's locked
during the whole process of the mode change, which may need to hold
other locks. As the mode_lock is also used by IPSec to block mode and
encap change now, it is easy to cause lock dependency.

Since some of protections are also done by devlink lock, the eswitch
mode_lock is not needed at those places, and thus the possibility of
lockdep issue is reduced.

Fixes: c8e350e62fc5 ("net/mlx5e: Make TC and IPsec offloads mutually exclusive on a netdev")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>


# bdf788cf 14-Nov-2023 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Don't modify the peer sent-to-vport rules for IPSec offload

As IPSec packet offload in switchdev mode is not supported with LAG,
it's unnecessary to modify those sent-to-vport rules to the peer eswitch.

Fixes: c6c2bf5db4ea ("net/mlx5e: Support IPsec packet offload for TX in switchdev mode")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231114215846.5902-9-saeed@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 34413460 05-Sep-2023 Bodong Wang <bodong@nvidia.com>

mlx5/core: E-Switch, Create ACL FT for eswitch manager in switchdev mode

ACL flow table is required in switchdev mode when metadata is enabled,
driver creates such table when loading each vport. However, not every
vport is loaded in switchdev mode. Such as ECPF if it's the eswitch manager.
In this case, ACL flow table is still needed.

To make it modularized, create ACL flow table for eswitch manager as
default and skip such operations when loading manager vport.

Also, there is no need to load the eswitch manager vport in switchdev mode.
This means there is no need to load it on regular connect-x HCAs where
the PF is the eswitch manager. This will avoid creating duplicate ACL
flow table for host PF vport.

Fixes: 29bcb6e4fe70 ("net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Use metadata for vport matching in send-to-vport rules")
Fixes: eb8e9fae0a22 ("mlx5/core: E-Switch, Allocate ECPF vport if it's an eswitch manager")
Fixes: 5019833d661f ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Introduce helper function to enable/disable vports")
Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# b691b111 25-Aug-2023 Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Implement devlink port function cmds to control ipsec_packet

Implement devlink port function commands to enable / disable IPsec
packet offloads. This is used to control the IPsec capability of the
device.

When ipsec_offload is enabled for a VF, it prevents adding IPsec packet
offloads on the PF, because the two cannot be active simultaneously due
to HW constraints. Conversely, if there are any active IPsec packet
offloads on the PF, it's not allowed to enable ipsec_packet on a VF,
until PF IPsec offloads are cleared.

Signed-off-by: Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825062836.103744-9-saeed@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 06bab696 25-Aug-2023 Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Implement devlink port function cmds to control ipsec_crypto

Implement devlink port function commands to enable / disable IPsec
crypto offloads. This is used to control the IPsec capability of the
device.

When ipsec_crypto is enabled for a VF, it prevents adding IPsec crypto
offloads on the PF, because the two cannot be active simultaneously due
to HW constraints. Conversely, if there are any active IPsec crypto
offloads on the PF, it's not allowed to enable ipsec_crypto on a VF,
until PF IPsec offloads are cleared.

Signed-off-by: Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825062836.103744-8-saeed@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# e2537341 25-Aug-2023 Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>

net/mlx5e: Rewrite IPsec vs. TC block interface

In the commit 366e46242b8e ("net/mlx5e: Make IPsec offload work together
with eswitch and TC"), new API to block IPsec vs. TC creation was introduced.

Internally, that API used devlink lock to avoid races with userspace, but it is
not really needed as dev->priv.eswitch is stable and can't be changed. So remove
dependency on devlink lock and move block encap code back to its original place.

Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825062836.103744-5-saeed@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# c46fb773 25-Aug-2023 Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>

net/mlx5: Drop extra layer of locks in IPsec

There is no need in holding devlink lock as it gives nothing
compared to already used write mode_lock.

Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825062836.103744-4-saeed@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 7d833520 31-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Store vport in struct mlx5_devlink_port and use it in port ops

Instead of using internal devlink_port->index to perform vport lookup in
every devlink port op, store the vport pointer to the container struct
mlx5_devlink_port and use it directly in port ops.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# eb555e34 01-Jun-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Check vhca_resource_manager capability in each op and add extack msg

Since the follow-up patch is going to remove
mlx5_devlink_port_fn_get_vport() entirely, move the vhca_resource_manager
capability checking to individual ops. Add proper extack message
on the way.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 5c632cc3 01-Jun-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Relax mlx5_devlink_eswitch_get() return value checking

If called from port ops, it is not needed to perform the checks in
mlx5_devlink_eswitch_get(). The reason is devlink port would not be
registered if the checks are not true. Introduce relaxed version
mlx5_devlink_eswitch_nocheck_get() and use it in port ops.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c0ae0092 01-Jun-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Return -EOPNOTSUPP in mlx5_devlink_port_fn_migratable_set() directly

Instead of initializing "err" variable, just return "-EOPNOTSUPP"
directly where it is needed.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2caa2a39 31-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Reduce number of vport lookups passing vport pointer instead of index

During devlink port init/cleanup and register/unregister calls, there
are many lookups of vport. Instead of passing vport_num as argument to
functions, pass the vport struct pointer directly and avoid repeated
lookups.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2c5f33f6 31-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Embed struct devlink_port into driver structure

Struct devlink_port is usually embedded in a driver-specific struct
which allows to carry driver context to devlink port ops.

Introduce a container struct to include devlink_port struct
in preparation to also include driver context for devlink port ops.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 13f878a2 01-Jun-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Don't register ops for non-PF/VF/SF port and avoid checks in ops

Currently each PF/VF/SF devlink port op called into mlx5 code calls
is_port_function_supported() to check if the port is either
PF, VF or SF. So make sure that the ops are registered with devlink
port only for those and avoid the is_port_function_supported() checks
in ops.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# b940ec4b 26-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Remove no longer used mlx5_esw_offloads_sf_vport_enable/disable()

Since the previous patch removed the only users of these functions,
remove them.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e855afd7 26-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Introduce mlx5_eswitch_load/unload_sf_vport() and use it from SF code

Similar to the PF/VF helpers, introduce a set of load/unload helpers
for SF vports. From there, call mlx5_eswitch_load/unload_vport() which
are common for PFs/VFs and newly introduced SF helpers.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# d9833bcf 25-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Push devlink port PF/VF init/cleanup calls out of devlink_port_register/unregister()

In order to prepare for
mlx5_esw_offloads_devlink_port_register/unregister() to be used
for SFs as well, push out the PF/VF specific init/cleanup calls outside.
Introduce mlx5_eswitch_load/unload_pf_vf_vport() and call them from
there. Use these new helpers of PF/VF loading and make
mlx5_eswitch_local/unload_vport() reusable for SFs.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# ba3d85f0 24-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Call mlx5_esw_offloads_rep_load/unload() for uplink port directly

For uplink port, mlx5_esw_offloads_load/unload_rep() are currently
called. There are 2 check inside, which effectively make the
functions a simple wrappers of mlx5_esw_offloads_rep_load/unload()
for uplink port. So avoid one check and indirection and call
mlx5_esw_offloads_rep_load/unload() for uplink port directly.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e0e22d59 18-Apr-2023 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Add checking for flow rule destinations

Firmware doesn't allow flow rules in FDB to do header rewrite and send
packets to both internal and uplink vports. The following syndrome
will be generated when trying to offload such kind of rules:

mlx5_core 0000:08:00.0: mlx5_cmd_out_err:803:(pid 23569): SET_FLOW_TABLE_ENTRY(0x936) op_mod(0x0) failed, status bad parameter(0x3), syndrome (0x8c8f08), err(-22)

To avoid this syndrome, add a checking before creating FTE. If a rule
with header rewrite action forwards packets to both VF and PF, an
error is returned directly.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# d602be22 11-Jul-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Remove redundant arg ignore_flow_lvl

The arg is always passed as true and thus redundant.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# d1569537 31-Jul-2023 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Modify and restore TC rules for IPSec TX rules

After IPsec policy/state TX rules are added, any TC flow rule, which
forwards packets to uplink, is modified to forward to IPsec TX tables.
As these tables are destroyed dynamically, whenever there is no
reference to them, the destinations of this kind of rules must be
restored to uplink.

There is a special case for packet encapsulation, as the
packet_reformat_id in the extended destination is used to reformat
packets, but only for the VPORT destination. To forward packet to
IPsec table and do encapsulation in one FTE, move the
packet_reformat_id to flow context, instead of using the extended
destination. As a limitation, multiple encapsulations with table
forwarding, and one together with other VPORT destinations, are not
allowed, so add a check when offloading TC rules.

TC rules are not allowed before IPsec TX rule is added, so only need
to restore TC rules after flush IPSec TX rules. As they are saved in
the vport_rep rhashtables, we walk all the rules in the rhashtables,
and find TC rules with destinations pointing to IPsec tables, and
modify them one by one. To avoid concurrent issue, this handling is
done under the protection of eswitch mode_lock.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/7bcb2c7e2ecf0e0d06b095c8dcc6a37ea7f02faf.1690802064.git.leon@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 366e4624 31-Jul-2023 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Make IPsec offload work together with eswitch and TC

The eswitch mode is not allowed to change if there are any IPsec rules.
Besides, by using mlx5_esw_try_lock() to get eswitch mode lock, IPsec
rules are not allowed to be offloaded if there are any TC rules.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/e442b512b21a931fbdfb87d57ae428c37badd58a.1690802064.git.leon@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# c6c2bf5d 31-Jul-2023 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Support IPsec packet offload for TX in switchdev mode

The IPsec encryption is done at the last, so add new prio for IPsec
offload in FDB, and put it just lower than the slow path prio and
higher than the per-vport prio.
Three levels are added for TX. The first one is for ip xfrm policy.
The sa table is created in the second level for ip xfrm state. The
status table is created at the last to count the number of packets
encrypted.
The rules, which forward packets to uplink, are changed to forward
them to IPsec TX tables first. These rules are restored after those
tables are destroyed, which is done immediately when there is no
reference to them, just as what does in legacy mode. The support for
slow path is added here, by refreshing uplink's channels. But, the
handling for TC fast path, which is more complicated, will be added
later. Besides, reg c4 is used instead to match reqid.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/cfd0e6ffaf0b8c55ebaa9fb0649b7c504b6b8ec6.1690802064.git.leon@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 9eca8bb8 25-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Give esw_offloads_load/unload_rep() "mlx5_" prefix

As esw_offloads_load/unload_rep() are used outside eswitch.c it is nicer
for them to have "mlx5_" prefix. Add it.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# b7186387 25-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Make mlx5_esw_offloads_rep_load/unload() static

mlx5_esw_offloads_rep_load/unload() functions are not used
outside of eswitch_offloads.c. Make them static.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 550449d8 01-Jun-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Don't check vport->enabled in port ops

vport->enabled is always set for a vport for which a devlink port is
registered, therefore the checks in the ops are pointless.
Remove those.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e2bb7984 23-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Allow devcom initialization on more vports

New features could use the devcom interface but not necessarily
the lag feature although for vport managers and ECPF
still check for lag support.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 1161d22d 22-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Register devcom device with switch id key

Register devcom devices with switch id instead of guid.
Devcom interface is used to sync between ports in the eswitch,
e.g. Adding miss rules between the ports.
New eswitch devices could have the same guid but a different
switch id so its more correct to group according to switch id
which is the identifier if the ports are on the same eswitch.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 88d162b4 03-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Devcom, Infrastructure changes

Update devcom infrastructure to be more generic, without
depending on max supported ports definition or a device guid,
and also more encapsulated so callers don't need to pass
the register devcom component id per event call.

Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <elic@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 62752c0b 14-Jun-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: DR, Fix peer domain namespace setting

The offending patch is based on the assumption that for PFs,
mlx5_get_dev_index() is the same as vhca_id. However, this assumption
is wrong in case of DPU (ECPF).
Fix it by using vhca_id directly, and switch the array of peers to
xarray.

Fixes: 6d5b7321d8af ("net/mlx5: DR, handle more than one peer domain")
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 61eab651 16-Jul-2023 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: fs_chains: Fix ft prio if ignore_flow_level is not supported

The cited commit sets ft prio to fs_base_prio. But if
ignore_flow_level it not supported, ft prio must be set based on
tc filter prio. Otherwise, all the ft prio are the same on the same
chain. It is invalid if ignore_flow_level is not supported.

Fix it by setting ft prio based on tc filter prio and setting
fs_base_prio to 0 for fdb.

Fixes: 8e80e5648092 ("net/mlx5: fs_chains: Refactor to detach chains from tc usage")
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 0507f2c8 03-Jul-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Honor user input for migratable port fn attr

Currently, whenever a user is setting migratable port fn attr, the
driver is always turn migratable capability on.
Fix it by honor the user input

Fixes: e5b9642a33be ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Implement devlink port function cmds to control migratable")
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 899862b6 31-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Remove redundant check from mlx5_esw_query_vport_vhca_id()

Since mlx5_esw_query_vport_vhca_id() could be called either from
mlx5_esw_vport_enable() or mlx5_esw_vport_disable() where the
the check is done, this is always false here.
Remove the redundant check.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 15ddd72e 29-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Fix shared fdb error flow

On error flow resources being freed in esw_master_egress_destroy_resources()
but pointers not being set to null if error flow is from creating a
bounce rule. Then in esw_acl_egress_ofld_cleanup() we try to access already
freed pointers. Fix it by resetting the pointers to null.
Also if error is from creating a second or later bounce rule then the
flow group and table being used and cannot and should not be freed.
Add a check to destroy the flow group and table if there are no bounce
rules.

mlx5_core.sf mlx5_core.sf.2: mlx5_destroy_flow_group:2306:(pid 2235): Flow group 4 wasn't destroyed, refcount > 1
mlx5_core.sf mlx5_core.sf.2: mlx5_destroy_flow_table:2295:(pid 2235): Flow table 3 wasn't destroyed, refcount > 1

Fixes: 5e0202eb49ed ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Handle multiple master egress rules")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# ae4de894 29-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Remove redundant comment

The function comment says what it is and the comment
is redundant.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 4575ab3b 28-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Pass other_vport flag if vport is not 0

When creating flow table for shared fdb resources, there is
only need to pass other_vport flag if vport is not 0 or
if the port is ECPF in BlueField.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 70c36438 27-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Use xarray for devcom paired device index

To allow devcom events on E-Switch that is not a vport group manager,
use vhca id as an index instead of device index which might be shared
between several E-Switches. for example SF and its PF.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 1552e9b5 27-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add peer fdb miss rules for vport manager or ecpf

Add peer fdb rules for E-Switch that are vport managers or ecpf device.
It is not needed for other devices.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 8ec91f5d 22-May-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Lag, Remove duplicate code checking lag is supported

Remove duplicate function for checking if device has lag support.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# fa3c73ee 07-Mar-2023 Daniel Jurgens <danielj@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Add/remove peer miss rules for EC VFs

Add and remove the peer miss rules for EC VFs. It's possible that there
are different amounts of total VFs per function so only create rules for
the minimum number of max VFs.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: William Tu <witu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# a7719b29 07-Mar-2023 Daniel Jurgens <danielj@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Add management of EC VF vports

Add init, load, unload, and cleanup of the EC VF vports. This includes
changes in how eswitch SRIOV is managed. Previous on an embedded CPU
platform the number of VFs provided when enabling the eswitch was always
0, host VFs vports are handled in the eswitch functions change event
handler. Now track the number of EC VFs as well, so they can be handled
properly in the enable/disable flows.

There are only 3 marks available for use in xarrays, all 3 were already
in use for this use case. EC VF vports are in a known range so we can
access them by index instead of marks.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: William Tu <witu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 18a92b05 07-Mar-2023 Daniel Jurgens <danielj@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Simplify unload all rep code

Instead of using type specific iterators which are only used in one place
just traverse the xarray. It will provide suitable ordering based on the
vport numbers. This will also eliminate the need for changes here when
new types are added.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: William Tu <witu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 97bd788e 06-Jun-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

net/mlx5: Skip inline mode check after mlx5_eswitch_enable_locked() failure

Commit bffaa916588e ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for inline mode")
added inline mode checking to esw_offloads_start() with a warning
printed out in case there is a problem. Tne inline mode checking was
done even after mlx5_eswitch_enable_locked() call failed, which is
pointless.

Later on, commit 8c98ee77d911 ("net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add extack messages
to devlink callbacks") converted the error/warning prints to extack
setting, which caused that the inline mode check error to overwrite
possible previous extack message when mlx5_eswitch_enable_locked()
failed. User then gets confusing error message.

Fix this by skipping check of inline mode after
mlx5_eswitch_enable_locked() call failed.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e2a82bf8 06-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Devcom, extend mlx5_devcom_send_event to work with more than two devices

mlx5_devcom_send_event is used to send event from one eswitch to the
other. In other words, only one event is sent, which means, no error
mechanism is needed.
However, In case devcom have more than two eswitches, a proper error
mechanism is needed. Hence, in case of error, devcom will perform the
error unwind, since devcom knows how many events were successful.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 8611df72 02-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, mark devcom as not ready when all eswitches are unpaired

Whenever an eswitch is unpaired with another, the driver mark devcom
as not ready. While this is correct in case we are pairing only two
eswitches, in order to support pairing of more than two eswitches,
driver need to mark devcom as not ready only when all eswitches are
unpaired.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e67f928a 07-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Devcom, Rename paired to ready

In downstream patch devcom will provide support for more than two
devices. The term 'paired' will be renamed as 'ready' to convey a
more accurate meaning.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 6d5b7321 21-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: DR, handle more than one peer domain

Currently, DR domain is using the assumption that each domain can only
have a single peer.
In order to support VF LAG of more then two ports, expand peer domain
to use an array of peers, and align the code accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 014e4d48 02-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, generalize shared FDB creation

Shared FDB creation is hard coded for only two eswitches.
Generalize shared FDB creation so that any number of eswitches could
create shared FDB.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 5e0202eb 22-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Handle multiple master egress rules

Currently, whenever a shared FDB is created, the slave eswitch is
creating master egress rule to the master eswitch.
In order to support more than two ports, which means there will be
more than one slave eswitch, enlarge bounce_rule, which is used to
create master egress rule, to an xarray.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 9bee385a 05-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, refactor FDB miss rule add/remove

Currently, E-switch FDB have a single peer miss rule.
In order to support more than one peer, refactor E-switch FDB to
have peer miss rule per peer, and change the code to add/remove a
rule from specific peer.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 18e31d42 05-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, enlarge peer miss group table

There is an implicit assumption that peer miss group table
require to handle only a single peer.
Also, there is an assumption that total_vports of the master
is greater or equal to the total_vports of each peer.
Change the code to support peer miss group for more than one peer.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 9be6c21f 06-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Handle offloads flows per peer

Currently, E-switch offloads table have a list of all flows that
create a peer_flow over the peer eswitch.
In order to support more than one peer, extend E-switch offloads
table peer_flow to hold an array of lists, where each peer have
dedicate index via mlx5_get_dev_index(). Thereafter, extend original
flow to hold an array of peers as well.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# ed7a8fe7 30-Mar-2022 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: rep, store send to vport rules per peer

Each representor, for each send queue, is holding a
send_to_vport rule for the peer eswitch.

In order to support more than one peer, and to map between the peer
rules and peer eswitches, refactor representor to hold both the peer
rules and pointer to the peer eswitches.
This enables mlx5 to store send_to_vport rules per peer, where each
peer have dedicate index via mlx5_get_dev_index().

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 71c93e37 25-May-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>

devlink: move port_fn_hw_addr_get/set() to devlink_port_ops

Move port_fn_hw_addr_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced
devlink_port_ops.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Martin Habets <habetsm.xilinx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 8c253dfc 06-Feb-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Devcom, sync devcom events and devcom comp register

devcom events are sent to all registered component. Following the
cited patch, it is possible for two components, e.g.: two eswitches,
to send devcom events, while both components are registered. This
means eswitch layer will do double un/pairing, which is double
allocation and free of resources, even though only one un/pairing is
needed. flow example:

cpu0 cpu1
---- ----

mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set(dev0)
esw_offloads_devcom_init()
mlx5_devcom_register_component(esw0)
mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set(dev1)
esw_offloads_devcom_init()
mlx5_devcom_register_component(esw1)
mlx5_devcom_send_event()
mlx5_devcom_send_event()

Hence, check whether the eswitches are already un/paired before
free/allocation of resources.

Fixes: 09b278462f16 ("net: devlink: enable parallel ops on netlink interface")
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2be5bd42 20-Mar-2023 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Handle pairing of E-switch via uplink un/load APIs

In case user switch a device from switchdev mode to legacy mode, mlx5
first unpair the E-switch and afterwards unload the uplink vport.
From the other hand, in case user remove or reload a device, mlx5
first unload the uplink vport and afterwards unpair the E-switch.

The latter is causing a bug[1], hence, handle pairing of E-switch as
part of uplink un/load APIs.

[1]
In case VF_LAG is used, every tc fdb flow is duplicated to the peer
esw. However, the original esw keeps a pointer to this duplicated
flow, not the peer esw.
e.g.: if user create tc fdb flow over esw0, the flow is duplicated
over esw1, in FW/HW, but in SW, esw0 keeps a pointer to the duplicated
flow.
During module unload while a peer tc fdb flow is still offloaded, in
case the first device to be removed is the peer device (esw1 in the
example above), the peer net-dev is destroyed, and so the mlx5e_priv
is memset to 0.
Afterwards, the peer device is trying to unpair himself from the
original device (esw0 in the example above). Unpair API invoke the
original device to clear peer flow from its eswitch (esw0), but the
peer flow, which is stored over the original eswitch (esw0), is
trying to use the peer mlx5e_priv, which is memset to 0 and result in
bellow kernel-oops.

[ 157.964081 ] BUG: unable to handle page fault for address: 000000000002ce60
[ 157.964662 ] #PF: supervisor read access in kernel mode
[ 157.965123 ] #PF: error_code(0x0000) - not-present page
[ 157.965582 ] PGD 0 P4D 0
[ 157.965866 ] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[ 157.967670 ] RIP: 0010:mlx5e_tc_del_fdb_flow+0x48/0x460 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.976164 ] Call Trace:
[ 157.976437 ] <TASK>
[ 157.976690 ] __mlx5e_tc_del_fdb_peer_flow+0xe6/0x100 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.977230 ] mlx5e_tc_clean_fdb_peer_flows+0x67/0x90 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.977767 ] mlx5_esw_offloads_unpair+0x2d/0x1e0 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.984653 ] mlx5_esw_offloads_devcom_event+0xbf/0x130 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.985212 ] mlx5_devcom_send_event+0xa3/0xb0 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.985714 ] esw_offloads_disable+0x5a/0x110 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.986209 ] mlx5_eswitch_disable_locked+0x152/0x170 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.986757 ] mlx5_eswitch_disable+0x51/0x80 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.987248 ] mlx5_unload+0x2a/0xb0 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.987678 ] mlx5_uninit_one+0x5f/0xd0 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.988127 ] remove_one+0x64/0xe0 [mlx5_core]
[ 157.988549 ] pci_device_remove+0x31/0xa0
[ 157.988933 ] device_release_driver_internal+0x18f/0x1f0
[ 157.989402 ] driver_detach+0x3f/0x80
[ 157.989754 ] bus_remove_driver+0x70/0xf0
[ 157.990129 ] pci_unregister_driver+0x34/0x90
[ 157.990537 ] mlx5_cleanup+0xc/0x1c [mlx5_core]
[ 157.990972 ] __x64_sys_delete_module+0x15a/0x250
[ 157.991398 ] ? exit_to_user_mode_prepare+0xea/0x110
[ 157.991840 ] do_syscall_64+0x3d/0x90
[ 157.992198 ] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0

Fixes: 04de7dda7394 ("net/mlx5e: Infrastructure for duplicated offloading of TC flows")
Fixes: 1418ddd96afd ("net/mlx5e: Duplicate offloaded TC eswitch rules under uplink LAG")
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 7eb197fd 23-Apr-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use metadata matching for RoCE loopback rule

Use metadata matching for RoCE loopback rule if device is configured
to use metadata for source port matching.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# bea416c7 23-Apr-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Check device is PF when stopping esw offloads

Checking sriov is done on the pci device so it can return true
on other devices like SF but nothing should be done in this case.
Add a check that the device is PF.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 29bcb6e4 02-Apr-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Use metadata for vport matching in send-to-vport rules

Like other rules use metadata matching if supported instead of
source_port.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# edab80b8 30-Jan-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Remove flow_source check for metadata matching

There is no reason to check for flow_source cap to allow metadata
matching. When flow_source match is being used the flow_source cap
is being checked.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 4c818930 10-Mar-2023 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Don't destroy indirect table in split rule

Source port rewrite (forward to ovs internal port or statck device) isn't
supported in the rule of split action. So there is no indirect table in
split rule. The cited commit destroyes indirect table in split rule. The
indirect table for other rules will be destroyed wrongly. It will cause
traffic loss.

Fix it by removing the destroy function in split rule. And also remove
the destroy function in error flow.

Fixes: 10742efc20a4 ("net/mlx5e: VF tunnel TX traffic offloading")
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# fd745f4c 10-Mar-2023 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Create per vport table based on devlink encap mode

Currently when creating per vport table, create flags are hardcoded.
Devlink encap mode is set based on user input and HW capability.
Create per vport table based on devlink encap mode.

Fixes: c796bb7cd230 ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Generalize per vport table API")
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 38d9a740 21-Mar-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Remove unused mlx5_esw_offloads_vport_metadata_set()

Remove unused function which also seems a duplicate
of esw_port_metadata_set().

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 0a431418 20-Mar-2023 Maher Sanalla <msanalla@nvidia.com>

Revert "net/mlx5: Expose vnic diagnostic counters for eswitch managed vports"

This reverts commit 606e6a72e29dff9e3341c4cc9b554420e4793f401 which exposes
the vnic diagnostic counters via debugfs. Instead, The upcoming series will
expose the same counters through devlink health reporter.

Signed-off-by: Maher Sanalla <msanalla@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# acc10929 13-Apr-2023 Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>

net/mlx5: Allow blocking encap changes in eswitch

Existing eswitch encap option enables header encapsulation. Unfortunately
currently available hardware isn't able to perform double encapsulation,
which can happen once IPsec packet offload tunnel mode is used together
with encap mode set to BASIC.

So as a solution for misconfiguration, provide an option to block encap
changes, which will be used for IPsec packet offload.

Reviewed-by: Emeel Hakim <ehakim@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com>
Reviewed-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 8e80e564 14-Mar-2023 Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: fs_chains: Refactor to detach chains from tc usage

To support more generic chains that will be used on other
namespaces and without tc, refactor to remove the dependency
on tc terms.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/bb8570d532d569285b5bff981578507bd15350cb.1678714336.git.leon@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>


# 662404b2 08-Feb-2023 Gavin Li <gavinl@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Block entering switchdev mode with ns inconsistency

Upon entering switchdev mode, VF/SF representors are spawned in the
devlink instance's net namespace, whereas the PF net device transforms
into the uplink representor, remaining in the net namespace the PF net
device was in. Therefore, if a PF net device's namespace is different from
its parent devlink net namespace, entering switchdev mode can create an
illegal situation where all representors sharing the same core device
are NOT in the same net namespace.

To avoid this issue, block entering switchdev mode for devices whose child
netdev net namespace has diverged from the parent devlink's.

Fixes: 7768d1971de6 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for encapsulation")
Signed-off-by: Gavin Li <gavinl@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 1313d78a 07-Feb-2023 Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Fix wrong usage of source port rewrite in split rules

In few cases, rules with mirror use case are split to two FTEs, one which
do the mirror action and forward to second FTE which do the rest of the rule
actions and the second redirect action.
In case of mirror rules which do split and forward to ovs internal port or
VF stack devices, source port rewrite should be used in the second FTE but
it is wrongly also set in the first FTE which break the offload.

Fix this issue by removing the wrong check if source port rewrite is needed to
be used on the first FTE of the split and instead return EOPNOTSUPP which will
block offload of rules which mirror to ovs internal port or VF stack devices
which isn't supported.

Fixes: 10742efc20a4 ("net/mlx5e: VF tunnel TX traffic offloading")
Fixes: a508728a4c8b ("net/mlx5e: VF tunnel RX traffic offloading")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 1bf8b0da 30-Jan-2023 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Verify flow_source cap before using it

When adding send to vport rule verify flow_source matching is
supported by checking the flow_source cap.

Fixes: d04442540372 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, set flow source for send to uplink rule")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 8ce81fc0 01-Dec-2022 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: TC, Add peer flow in mpesw mode

While at it rename mlx5_lag_mpesw_is_activated() to mlx5_lag_is_mpesw() to
be consistent with checking if other lag modes are activated.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 633ad4b2 21-Sep-2022 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Remove redundant code for handling vlan actions

Remove unused code which was used only with deprecated HW
which didn't support vlan actions.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# d2a651ef 26-Jan-2023 Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Move eswitch port metadata devlink param to flow eswitch code

Move the param registration and handling code into the eswitch offloads
code as they are related to each other. No point in having the
devlink param registration done in separate file.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# efb4879f 23-Oct-2022 Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>

net/mlx5e: Use read lock for eswitch get callbacks

In commit 367dfa121205 ("net/mlx5: Remove devl_unlock from
mlx5_eswtich_mode_callback_enter") all functions were converted
to use write lock without relation to their actual purpose.

Change the devlink eswitch getters to use read and not write locks.

Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 521933cd 20-Dec-2022 Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Support Geneve and GRE with VF tunnel offload

Today VF tunnel offload (tunnel endpoint is on VF) is implemented
by indirect table which use rules that match on VXLAN VNI to
recirculated to root table, this limit the support for only
VXLAN tunnels.

This patch change indirect table to use one single match all rule
to recirculated to root table which is added when any tunnel decap
rule is added with tunnel endpoint is VF. This allow support of
Geneve and GRE with this configuration.

Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# cd4f186d 15-Dec-2022 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Coverity: overlapping copy

When a capability is set via port function caps callbacks, a memcpy() is
performed in which the source and the target are the same address, e.g.:
the copy is redundant. Hence, Remove it.
Discovered by Coverity.

Fixes: 7db98396ef45 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Implement devlink port function cmds to control RoCE")
Fixes: e5b9642a33be ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Implement devlink port function cmds to control migratable")
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e0bf81bf 16-Aug-2022 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: check attr pointer validity before dereferencing it

Fix attr pointer validity checks after it was already
dereferenced.

Fixes: cb0d54cbf948 ("net/mlx5e: Fix wrong source vport matching on tunnel rule")
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 6fda078d 02-Nov-2022 Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: TC, add support for meter mtu offload

Initialize the meter object with the TC police mtu parameter.
Use the hardware range destination to compare the pkt len to the mtu setting.
Assign the range destination hit/miss ft to the police conform/exceed
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 5a5624d1 03-Dec-2022 Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, handle flow attribute with no destinations

Rules with drop action are not required to have a destination.
Currently the destination list is allocated with the maximum number of
destinations and passed to the fs_core layer along with the actual number
of destinations.

Remove redundant passing of dest pointer when count of dest is 0.

Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221203221337.29267-2-saeed@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# e5b9642a 06-Dec-2022 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Implement devlink port function cmds to control migratable

Implement devlink port function commands to enable / disable migratable.
This is used to control the migratable capability of the device.

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 7db98396 06-Dec-2022 Yishai Hadas <yishaih@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Implement devlink port function cmds to control RoCE

Implement devlink port function commands to enable / disable RoCE.
This is used to control the RoCE device capabilities.

This patch implement infrastructure which will be used by downstream
patches that will add additional capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 47d0c500 06-Dec-2022 Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Add generic getters for other functions caps

Downstream patch requires to get other function GENERAL2 caps while
mlx5_vport_get_other_func_cap() gets only one type of caps (general).
Rename it to represent this and introduce a generic implementation
of mlx5_vport_get_other_func_cap().

Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# dcf19b9c 24-Nov-2022 Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: TC, Add offload support for trap with additional actions

TC trap action offload is currently supported only when trap is the sole action
in the flow.

This patch remove this limitation by changing trap action offload to not use
MLX5_ATTR_FLAG_SLOW_PATH flag and instead set the flow destination table
explicitly to be the slow table. This will allow offload of the additional
actions.

TC flow example:
tc filter add dev $REP2 protocol ip prio 2 root \
flower skip_sw dst_mac $mac0 \
action mirred egress redirect dev $REP3 \
action pedit ex munge eth dst set $mac2 pipe \
action trap

Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 42760d95 20-Nov-2022 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Do early return when setup vports dests for slow path flow

Adding flow flag cases in setup vport dests before the slow path
case is incorrect as the slow path should take precedence.
Current code doesn't show this importance so make the slow path
case return early and separate from the other cases and remove
the redundant comparison of it in the sample case.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2318b8bb 17-Nov-2022 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Destroy legacy fdb table when needed

The cited commit removes eswitch mode none. But when disabling
sriov in legacy mode or changing from switchdev to legacy mode
without sriov enabled, the legacy fdb table is not destroyed.

It is not the right behavior. Destroy legacy fdb table in above
two caes.

Fixes: f019679ea5f2 ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Remove dependency between sriov and eswitch mode")
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Cohen <elic@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 6d942e40 16-Nov-2022 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Set correctly vport destination

The cited commit moved from using reformat_id integer to packet_reformat
pointer which introduced the possibility to null pointer dereference.
When setting packet reformat flag and pkt_reformat pointer must
exists so checking MLX5_ESW_DEST_ENCAP is not enough, we need
to make sure the pkt_reformat is valid and check for MLX5_ESW_DEST_ENCAP_VALID.
If the dest encap valid flag does not exists then pkt_reformat can be
either invalid address or null.
Also, to make sure we don't try to access invalid pkt_reformat set it to
null when invalidated and invalidate it before calling add flow code as
its logically more correct and to be safe.

Fixes: 2b688ea5efde ("net/mlx5: Add flow steering actions to fs_cmd shim layer")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e12de39c 03-Nov-2022 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Set to legacy mode if failed to change switchdev mode

No need to rollback to the other mode because probably will fail
again. Just set to legacy mode and clear fdb table created flag.
So that fdb table will not be cleared again.

Fixes: f019679ea5f2 ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Remove dependency between sriov and eswitch mode")
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 8c9cc1eb 01-Oct-2022 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Allow offloading fwd dest flow table with vport

Before this commit a fwd dest flow table resulted in ignoring vport dests
which is incorrect and is supported.
With this commit the dests can be a mix of flow table and vport dests.
There is still a limitation that there cannot be more than one flow table dest.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>


# 430e2d5e 18-Jul-2022 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Move send to vport meta rule creation

Move the creation of the rules from offloads fdb table init to
per rep vport init.
This way the driver will creating the send to vport meta rule
on any representor, e.g. SF representors.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 4a561817 18-Jul-2022 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Split creating fdb tables into smaller chunks

Split esw_create_offloads_fdb_tables() into smaller functions.
This will help maintenance.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 8ea7bcf6 05-Apr-2022 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add default drop rule for unmatched packets

The ft_offloads table serves to steer packets, which are from the
eswitch, to the representor associated with the packets' source vport.

Previously, if a packet's source vport or metadata was not associated
with any representor, it was forwarded to the uplink representor. The
representor got packets it shouldn't have as they weren't coming from
the uplink vport.

One such effect of this breakage can be observed if the uplink
representor is attached to a bridge, where such illegal packets will
be broadcast to the remaining ports, flooding the switch with illegal
packets. In the case where IB loopback (e.g, SNAP) is enabled, all
transmitted packets would be looped back, and received by the uplink
representor, and result in an infinite feedback loop.

Therefore, block this hole by adding a default drop rule to the
ft_offloads table, so that all unmatched packets with no associated
representor are dropped.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# b868c8fe 15-Jul-2022 Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>

net/mlx5: unlock on error path in esw_vfs_changed_event_handler()

Unlock before returning on this error path.

Fixes: f1bc646c9a06 ("net/mlx5: Use devl_ API in mlx5_esw_offloads_devlink_port_register")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 942fca7e 06-Aug-2022 Eli Cohen <elic@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Eswitch, Fix forwarding decision to uplink

Make sure to modify the rule for uplink forwarding only for the case
where destination vport number is MLX5_VPORT_UPLINK.

Fixes: 94db33177819 ("net/mlx5: Support multiport eswitch mode")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <elic@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c0063a43 07-Jul-2022 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Modify slow path rules to go to slow fdb

While extending available range of supported chains/prios referenced commit
also modified slow path rules to go to FT chain instead of actual slow FDB.
However neither of existing users of the MLX5_ATTR_FLAG_SLOW_PATH
flag (tunnel encap entries with invalid encap and flows with trap action)
need to match on FT chain. After bridge offload was implemented packets of
such flows can also be matched by bridge priority tables which is
undesirable. Restore slow path flows implementation to redirect packets to
slow_fdb.

Fixes: 278d51f24330 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Increase number of chains and priorities")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 9153da46 06-Jul-2022 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: configure meter in flow action

After police action is parsed, set meter data in flow action,
so they can be used when adding FTE.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 606e6a72 18-May-2022 Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Expose vnic diagnostic counters for eswitch managed vports

Expose on vport group managers debug counters for their managed vports.

Counters are exposed through debugfs, the directory will be present only
for functions that are eswitch managers and only counters that are
supported on their specific HW/FW will be exposed.

Example:
$ ls /sys/kernel/debug/mlx5/0000:08:00.0/esw/
pf sf_8 vf_0 vf_1

$ ls -l /sys/kernel/debug/mlx5/0000:08:00.0/esw/vf_0/vnic_diag/
cq_overrun
quota_exceeded_command
total_q_under_processor_handle
invalid_command
send_queue_priority_update_flow

List of all counter added:
total_q_under_processor_handle - number of queues in error state due to an
async error or errored command.
send_queue_priority_update_flow - number of QP/SQ priority/SL update
events.
cq_overrun - number of times CQ entered an error state due to an
overflow.
async_eq_overrun -number of time an EQ mapped to async events was
overrun.
comp_eq_overrun - number of time an EQ mapped to completion events was
overrun.
quota_exceeded_command - number of commands issued and failed due to quota
exceeded.
invalid_command - number of commands issued and failed dues to any reason
other than quota exceeded.

Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 973598d4 11-Jul-2022 Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Remove devl_unlock from mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set

The callback mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set() had unlocked devlink as a
temporary workaround once devlink instance lock was added to devlink
eswitch callbacks. Now that all flows triggered by this function
that took devlink lock are using devl_ API and all parallel paths are
locked we can remove this workaround.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>


# 7b19119f 11-Jul-2022 Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Use devl_ API in mlx5e_devlink_port_register

As part of the flows invoked by mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set() get to
mlx5_rescan_drivers_locked() which can call mlx5e_probe()/mlx5e_remove
and register/unregister mlx5e driver ports accordingly. This can lead to
deadlock once mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set() will use devlink lock.
Use devl_port_register/unregister() instead of
devlink_port_register/unregister() and add devlink instance locks in the
driver paths to this function to have it locked while calling devl_ API
function.

If remove or probe were called by module init or module cleanup flows,
need to lock devlink just before calling devl_port_register(), otherwise
it is called by attach/detach or register/unregister flow and we can
have the flow locked. Added flag to distinguish between these cases.

This will be used by the downstream patch to invoke
mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set() with devlink locked.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>


# f1bc646c 11-Jul-2022 Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Use devl_ API in mlx5_esw_offloads_devlink_port_register

The function mlx5_esw_offloads_devlink_port_register() calls
devlink_port_register() and devlink_rate_leaf_create(). Use devl_ API to
call devl_port_register() and devl_rate_leaf_create() accordingly and
add devlink instance lock in driver paths to this function.

Similarly, use devl_ API to call devl_port_unregister() and
devl_rate_leaf_destroy() in mlx5_esw_offloads_devlink_port_unregister()
and ensure locking devlink instance lock on the paths to this function
too.

This will be used by the downstream patch to invoke
mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set() with devlink lock held.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>


# 03f9c47d 11-Jul-2022 Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Use devl_ API for rate nodes destroy

Use devl_rate_nodes_destroy() instead of devlink_rate_nodes_destroy().
Add devlink instance lock in the driver paths to this function to have
it locked while calling devl_ API function.

This will be used by the downstream patch to invoke
mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set() with devlink lock held.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>


# 367dfa12 11-Jul-2022 Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Remove devl_unlock from mlx5_eswtich_mode_callback_enter

The function mlx5_eswtich_mode_callback_enter() was added as a temporary
workaround once devlink instance lock was added to devlink eswitch
callbacks. However, code review and testing show that all the callbacks
part to eswitch_mode_set don't take devlink instance lock in any flow
and so unlocking devlink instance lock while entering these functions is
not needed.

Remove devl_lock from mlx5_eswtich_mode_callback_enter() and devl_unlock
from mlx5_eswtich_mode_callback_exit(). Also remove the functions
mlx5_eswtich_mode_callback_enter()/exit() as they are not needed any
more. The callback eswitch_mode_set will be treated separately in the
following patches.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>


# b6f2846a 29-May-2022 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch: Change eswitch mode only via devlink command

Enable or disable switchdev according to the eswitch mode set by
devlink command. So it is not changed by other functions anymore.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# f019679e 29-May-2022 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Remove dependency between sriov and eswitch mode

Currently, there are three eswitch modes, none, legacy and switchdev.
None is the default mode. Remove redundant none mode as eswitch mode
should always be either legacy mode or switchdev mode.

With this patch, there are two behavior changes:

1. Legacy becomes the default mode. When querying eswitch mode using
devlink, a valid mode is always returned.
2. When disabling sriov, the eswitch mode will not change, only vfs
are unloaded.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 3008e6a0 25-May-2022 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, pair only capable devices

OFFLOADS paring using devcom is possible only on devices
that support LAG. Filter based on lag capabilities.

This fixes an issue where mlx5_get_next_phys_dev() was
called without holding the interface lock.

This issue was found when commit
bc4c2f2e0179 ("net/mlx5: Lag, filter non compatible devices")
added an assert that verifies the interface lock is held.

WARNING: CPU: 9 PID: 1706 at drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/dev.c:642 mlx5_get_next_phys_dev+0xd2/0x100 [mlx5_core]
Modules linked in: mlx5_vdpa vringh vhost_iotlb vdpa mlx5_ib mlx5_core xt_conntrack xt_MASQUERADE nf_conntrack_netlink nfnetlink xt_addrtype iptable_nat nf_nat br_netfilter rpcrdma rdma_ucm ib_iser libiscsi scsi_transport_iscsi rdma_cm iw_cm ib_umad ib_ipoib ib_cm ib_uverbs ib_core overlay fuse [last unloaded: mlx5_core]
CPU: 9 PID: 1706 Comm: devlink Not tainted 5.18.0-rc7+ #11
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (Q35 + ICH9, 2009), BIOS rel-1.13.0-0-gf21b5a4aeb02-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
RIP: 0010:mlx5_get_next_phys_dev+0xd2/0x100 [mlx5_core]
Code: 02 00 75 48 48 8b 85 80 04 00 00 5d c3 31 c0 5d c3 be ff ff ff ff 48 c7 c7 08 41 5b a0 e8 36 87 28 e3 85 c0 0f 85 6f ff ff ff <0f> 0b e9 68 ff ff ff 48 c7 c7 0c 91 cc 84 e8 cb 36 6f e1 e9 4d ff
RSP: 0018:ffff88811bf47458 EFLAGS: 00010246
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff88811b398000 RCX: 0000000000000001
RDX: 0000000080000000 RSI: ffffffffa05b4108 RDI: ffff88812daaaa78
RBP: ffff88812d050380 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: ffff88811d6b3437
R10: 0000000000000001 R11: 00000000fddd3581 R12: ffff88815238c000
R13: ffff88812d050380 R14: ffff8881018aa7e0 R15: ffff88811d6b3428
FS: 00007fc82e18ae80(0000) GS:ffff88842e080000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 00007f9630d1b421 CR3: 0000000149802004 CR4: 0000000000370ea0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Call Trace:
<TASK>
mlx5_esw_offloads_devcom_event+0x99/0x3b0 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_devcom_send_event+0x167/0x1d0 [mlx5_core]
esw_offloads_enable+0x1153/0x1500 [mlx5_core]
? mlx5_esw_offloads_controller_valid+0x170/0x170 [mlx5_core]
? wait_for_completion_io_timeout+0x20/0x20
? mlx5_rescan_drivers_locked+0x318/0x810 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_eswitch_enable_locked+0x586/0xc50 [mlx5_core]
? mlx5_eswitch_disable_pf_vf_vports+0x1d0/0x1d0 [mlx5_core]
? mlx5_esw_try_lock+0x1b/0xb0 [mlx5_core]
? mlx5_eswitch_enable+0x270/0x270 [mlx5_core]
? __debugfs_create_file+0x260/0x3e0
mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set+0x27e/0x870 [mlx5_core]
? mutex_lock_io_nested+0x12c0/0x12c0
? esw_offloads_disable+0x250/0x250 [mlx5_core]
? devlink_nl_cmd_trap_get_dumpit+0x470/0x470
? rcu_read_lock_sched_held+0x3f/0x70
devlink_nl_cmd_eswitch_set_doit+0x217/0x620

Fixes: dd3fddb82780 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, handle devcom events only for ports on the same device")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 94db3317 30-Jan-2022 Eli Cohen <elic@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Support multiport eswitch mode

Multiport eswitch mode is a LAG mode that allows to add rules that
forward traffic to a specific physical port without being affected by LAG
affinity configuration.

This mode of operation is mutual exclusive with the other LAG modes used
by multipath and bonding.

To make the transition between the modes, we maintain a counter on the
number of rules specifying one of the uplink representors as the target
of mirred egress redirect action.

An example of such rule would be:

$ tc filter add dev enp8s0f0_0 prot all root flower dst_mac \
00:11:22:33:44:55 action mirred egress redirect dev enp8s0f0

If the reference count just grows to one and LAG is not in use, we
create the LAG in multiport eswitch mode. Other mode changes are not
allowed while in this mode. When the reference count reaches zero, we
destroy the LAG and let other modes be used if needed.

logic also changed such that if forwarding to some uplink destination
cannot be guaranteed, we fail the operation so the rule will eventually
be in software and not in hardware.

Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <elic@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# cb0d54cb 15-Mar-2022 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Fix wrong source vport matching on tunnel rule

When OVS internal port is the vtep device, the first decap
rule is matching on the internal port's vport metadata value
and then changes the metadata to be the uplink's value.

Therefore, following rules on the tunnel, in chain > 0, should
avoid matching on internal port metadata and use the uplink
vport metadata instead.

Select the uplink's metadata value for the source vport match
in case the rule is in chain greater than zero, even if the tunnel
route device is internal port.

Fixes: 166f431ec6be ("net/mlx5e: Add indirect tc offload of ovs internal port")
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 14e426bf 18-Mar-2022 Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

devlink: hold the instance lock during eswitch_mode callbacks

Make the devlink core hold the instance lock during eswitch_mode
callbacks. Cheat in case of mlx5 (see the cover letter).

Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 82e86a6c 29-Nov-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, remove special uplink ingress ACL handling

As both uplinks set the same metadata there is no need to merge
the ACL handling of both into a single one.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 0b0ea3c5 09-Mar-2021 Sunil Rani <sunrani@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, reserve and use same uplink metadata across ports

When in switchdev mode wire traffic will hit the FDB in one of two
scenarios.

- Shared FDB, in that case traffic from both physical ports should be
tagged by the same metadata value so a single FDB rule could catch
traffic from both ports.

- Two E-Switches, traffic from each physical port will hit the native
E-Switch which means traffic from one physical port can't reach the
E-Switch of the other one.

Looking at those two scenarios it means we can always use the same metadata
value to tag wire traffic regardless of the mode.

Reserve a single metadata value to be used to tag wire traffic.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Rani <sunrani@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 84ba8062 15-Dec-2021 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Test CT and SAMPLE on flow attr

Currently the mlx5_flow object contains a single mlx5_attr instance.
However, multi table actions (e.g. CT) instantiate multiple attr instances.
Prepare for multiple attr instances by testing for CT or SAMPLE flag on attr
flags instead of flow flag.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e5d4e1da 19-Dec-2021 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Refactor eswitch attr flags to just attr flags

The flags are flow attrs and not esw specific attr flags.
Refactor to remove the esw prefix and move from eswitch.h
to en_tc.h where struct mlx5_flow_attr exists.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# eeed226e 05-Dec-2021 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: TC, Hold sample_attr on stack instead of pointer

In later commit we are going to instantiate multiple attr instances
for flow instead of single attr.
Parsing TC sample allocates a new memory but there is no symmetric
cleanup in the infrastructure.
To avoid asymmetric alloc/free use sample_attr as part of the flow attr
and not allocated and held as a pointer.
This will avoid a cleanup leak when sample action is not on the first
attr.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 07666c75 28-Jan-2022 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Fix wrong limitation of metadata match on ecpf

Match metadata support check returns false for ecpf device.
However, this support does exist for ecpf and therefore this
limitation should be removed to allow feature such as stacked
devices and internal port offloaded to be supported.

Fixes: 92ab1eb392c6 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable vport metadata matching if firmware supports it")
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# de31854e 24-Nov-2021 Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Fix nullptr on deleting mirroring rule

Deleting a Tc rule with multiple outputs, one of which is internal port,
like this one:

tc filter del dev enp8s0f0_0 ingress protocol ip pref 5 flower \
dst_mac 0c:42:a1:d1:d0:88 \
src_mac e4:ea:09:08:00:02 \
action tunnel_key set \
src_ip 0.0.0.0 \
dst_ip 7.7.7.8 \
id 8 \
dst_port 4789 \
action mirred egress mirror dev vxlan_sys_4789 pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev enp8s0f0_1

Triggers a call trace:

BUG: kernel NULL pointer dereference, address: 0000000000000230
RIP: 0010:del_sw_hw_rule+0x2b/0x1f0 [mlx5_core]
Call Trace:
tree_remove_node+0x16/0x30 [mlx5_core]
mlx5_del_flow_rules+0x51/0x160 [mlx5_core]
__mlx5_eswitch_del_rule+0x4b/0x170 [mlx5_core]
mlx5e_tc_del_fdb_flow+0x295/0x550 [mlx5_core]
mlx5e_flow_put+0x1f/0x70 [mlx5_core]
mlx5e_delete_flower+0x286/0x390 [mlx5_core]
tc_setup_cb_destroy+0xac/0x170
fl_hw_destroy_filter+0x94/0xc0 [cls_flower]
__fl_delete+0x15e/0x170 [cls_flower]
fl_delete+0x36/0x80 [cls_flower]
tc_del_tfilter+0x3a6/0x6e0
rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0xe5/0x360
? rtnl_calcit.isra.0+0x110/0x110
netlink_rcv_skb+0x46/0x110
netlink_unicast+0x16b/0x200
netlink_sendmsg+0x202/0x3d0
sock_sendmsg+0x33/0x40
____sys_sendmsg+0x1c3/0x200
? copy_msghdr_from_user+0xd6/0x150
___sys_sendmsg+0x88/0xd0
? ___sys_recvmsg+0x88/0xc0
? do_futex+0x10c/0x460
__sys_sendmsg+0x59/0xa0
do_syscall_64+0x48/0x140
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9

Fix by disabling offloading for flows matching
esw_is_chain_src_port_rewrite() which have more than one output.

Fixes: 10742efc20a4 ("net/mlx5e: VF tunnel TX traffic offloading")
Signed-off-by: Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e9d491a6 21-Oct-2021 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, move offloads mode callbacks to offloads file

eswitch.c is mainly for common code between legacy and offloads mode.
MAC address get and set via devlink is applicable only in offloads mode.

Hence, move it to eswitch_offloads.c file.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e219440d 23-Nov-2021 Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use indirect table only if all destinations support it

When adding rule with multiple destinations, indirect table is used for all of
the destinations if at least one of the destinations support it, this can cause
creation of invalid indirect tables for the destinations that doesn't support it.

Fixed it by using indirect table only if all destinations support it.

Fixes: a508728a4c8b ("net/mlx5e: VF tunnel RX traffic offloading")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 43a0696f 20-Oct-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, fix single FDB creation on BlueField

Always use MLX5_FLOW_TABLE_OTHER_VPORT flag when creating egress ACL
table for single FDB. Not doing so on BlueField will make firmware fail
the command. On BlueField the E-Switch manager is the ECPF (vport 0xFFFE)
which is filled in the flow table creation command but as the
other_vport field wasn't set the firmware complains about a bad parameter.

This is different from a regular HCA where the E-Switch manager vport is
the PF (vport 0x0). Passing MLX5_FLOW_TABLE_OTHER_VPORT will make the
firmware happy both on BlueField and on regular HCAs without special
condition for each.

This fixes the bellow firmware syndrome:
mlx5_cmd_check:819:(pid 571): CREATE_FLOW_TABLE(0x930) op_mod(0x0) failed, status bad parameter(0x3), syndrome (0x754a4)

Fixes: db202995f503 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, add logic to enable shared FDB")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c4c31767 01-Nov-2021 Raed Salem <raeds@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, return error if encap isn't supported

On regular ConnectX HCAs getting encap mode isn't supported when the
E-Switch is in NONE mode. Current code would return no error code when
trying to get encap mode in such case which is wrong.

Fix by returning error value to indicate failure to caller in such case.

Fixes: 8e0aa4bc959c ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Protect eswitch mode changes")
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# d7751d64 20-May-2021 Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix resetting of encap mode when entering switchdev

E-Switch encap mode is relevant only when in switchdev mode.
The RDMA driver can query the encap configuration via
mlx5_eswitch_get_encap_mode(). Make sure it returns the currently
used mode and not the set one.

This reverts the cited commit which reset the encap mode
on entering switchdev and fixes the original issue properly.

Fixes: 9a64144d683a ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix default encap mode")
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 166f431e 29-Apr-2021 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Add indirect tc offload of ovs internal port

Register callbacks for tc blocks of ovs internal port devices.

This allows an indirect offloading rules that apply on
such devices as the filter device.

In case a rule is added to a tc block of an internal port,
the mlx5 driver will implicitly add a matching on the internal
port's unique vport metadata value to the rule's matching list.
Therefore, only packets that previously hit a rule that redirects
to an internal port and got the vport metadata overwritten to the
internal port's unique metadata, can match on such indirect rule.

Offloading of both ingress and egress tc blocks of internal ports
is supported as opposed to other devices where only ingress block
offloading is supported.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 27484f71 08-Jan-2021 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Offload tc rules that redirect to ovs internal port

Allow offloading rules that redirect to ovs internal port
ingress and egress.

To support redirect to ingress device, offloading of REDIRECT_INGRESS
action is added.

When a tc rule redirects to ovs internal port, the hw rule will
overwrite the input vport value in reg_c0 with a new vport metadata
value that is mapped for this internal port using the internal
port mapping api that is introduce in previous patches.
After that the hw rule will redirect the packet to the root table
to continue processing with the new vport metadata value.

The new vport metadata value indicates that this packet is now
arriving through an internal port and therefore should be processed
using rules that apply on the same internal port as the filter device.
Therefore, following rules that apply on this internal port will have
to match on the same vport metadata value as part of their matching
keys to make sure the packet belongs to the internal port.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 4f4edcc2 29-Apr-2021 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add ovs internal port mapping to metadata support

Adding infrastructure to map ovs internal port device to vport
match metadata to support offload of rules with internal port as
the filter device or as the destination device.

The infrastructure allows adding and removing internal port device
to an eswitch database and getting a unique vport metadata value to
be placed and match on in reg_c0 when offloading rules that are coming
from or going to an internal port.

The new int port metadata can be written to the source port register
in HW to indicate that current source port of the packet is the
internal port and not one of the actual HW vports (uplink or VF).
Using this method, it is possible to offload TC rules with an OVS
internal port as their destination port (overwriting the src vport
register) or as the filter port (matching on the value of the src
vport register and making sure it matches to the internal port's
value).

There is also a need to handle a miss case where the packet's
src port value was changed in HW to an internal port but a following
rule which matches on this new src port value wasn't found in HW.

In such case, the packet will be forwarded to the driver with
metadata which allows driver to restore the info of the internal
port's netdevice. Once this info is restored, the uplink driver
can forward the packet to the relevant netdevice in SW.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 40888162 20-Sep-2021 Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use dynamic alloc for dest array

Use dynamic allocation for the dest array in preparation for
the next patch which increase MLX5_MAX_FLOW_FWD_VPORTS and
will cause stack allocation to be bigger than 1024 bytes.

Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2ec16ddd 16-Sep-2021 Rongwei Liu <rongweil@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Introduce new device index wrapper

Downstream patches.

Signed-off-by: Rongwei Liu <rongweil@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 6ba2e2b3 07-Sep-2021 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Support accept action

Support TC generic 'accept' action in mlx5 by introducing
MLX5_ESW_ATTR_FLAG_ACCEPT attribute flag. Flag has similar semantics to
existing MLX5_ESW_ATTR_FLAG_SLOW_PATH flag, however, dedicated flag is
required because existing 'slow path' flag can be flipped by tunneling
subsystem when neighbor changes state.

Introduce new helper function mlx5_esw_attr_flags_skip() to check whether
attribute flags for 'slow path' or 'accept' action are set and use it in
eswitch code instead of direct bit manipulation.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 806bf340 28-Sep-2021 Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>

net/mlx5: Use kvcalloc() instead of kvzalloc()

Use 2-factor argument form kvcalloc() instead of kvzalloc().

Link: https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/162
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2741f223 21-Jun-2021 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: TC, Support sample offload action for tunneled traffic

Currently the sample offload actions send the encapsulated packet
to software. This commit decapsulates the packet before performing
the sampling and set the tunnel properties on the skb metadata
fields to make the behavior consistent with OVS sFlow.

If decapsulating first, we can't use the same match like before in
default table. So instantiate a post action instance to continue
processing the action list. If HW can preserve reg_c, also use the
post action instance.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# bcd6740c 18-Aug-2021 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Move sample attribute to flow attribute

Currently it is in eswitch attribute. Move it to flow attribute to
reflect the change in previous patch.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# db202995 03-Aug-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, add logic to enable shared FDB

Shared FDB allows to direct traffic from all the vports in the HCA to a
single eswitch. In order to do that three things are needed.

1) Point the ingress ACL of the slave uplink to that of the master.
With this, wire traffic from both uplinks will reach the same eswitch
with the same metadata where a single steering rule can catch traffic
from both ports.

2) Set the FDB root flow table of the slave's eswitch to that of the
master. As this flow table can change dynamically make sure to
sync it on any set root flow table FDB command.
This will make sure traffic from SFs, VFs, ECPFs and PFs reach the
master eswitch.

3) Split wire traffic at the eswitch manager egress ACL so that it's
directed to the native eswitch manager. We only treat wire traffic
from both ports the same at the eswitch level. If such traffic wasn't
handled in the eswitch it needs to reach the right representor to be
processed by software. For example LACP packets should *always*
reach the right uplink representor for correct operation.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Zhang <markzhang@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# cac1eb2c 03-Aug-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Lag, properly lock eswitch if needed

Currently when doing hardware lag we check the eswitch mode
but as this isn't done under a lock the check isn't valid.

As the code needs to sync between two different devices an extra
care is needed.

- When going to change eswitch mode, if hardware lag is active destroy it.
- While changing eswitch modes block any hardware bond creation.
- Delay handling bonding events until there are no mode changes in
progress.
- When attaching a new mdev to lag, block until there is no mode change
in progress. In order for the mode change to finish the interface lock
will have to be taken. Release the lock and sleep for 100ms to
allow forward progress. As this is a very rare condition (can happen if
the user unbinds and binds a PCI function while also changing eswitch
mode of the other PCI function) it has no real world impact.

As taking multiple eswitch mode locks is now required lockdep will
complain about a possible deadlock. Register a key per eswitch to make
lockdep happy.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Zhang <markzhang@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 898b0786 03-Aug-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Add send to vport rules on paired device

When two mlx5 devices are paired in switchdev mode, always offload the
send-to-vport rule to the peer E-Switch. This allows to abstract
the logic when this is really necessary (single FDB) and combine
the logic of both cases into one.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Zhang <markzhang@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c8e6a9e6 03-Aug-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add event callback for representors

This callback will allow to notify representors about relevant events
when in OFFLOADS mode. In downstream patches, this will be used to notify
about PAIR/UNPAIR devcom events.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Zhang <markzhang@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2198b932 03-Aug-2021 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Use shared mappings for restoring from metadata

FTEs are added with mapped metadata which is saved per eswitch.
When uplink reps are bonded and we are in a single FDB mode,
we could fail to find metadata which was stored on one eswitch mapping
but not the other or with a different id.
To resolve this issue use shared mapping between eswitch ports.
We do not have any conflict using a single mapping, for a type,
between the ports.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# d0444254 03-Aug-2021 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, set flow source for send to uplink rule

Set the flow source param to local vport for the uplink rep
send-to-vport rule.

This will comply with the recent changes in SW steering that
use the flow source as an indication for the rule type - rx or tx.

Since the uplink send-to-vport rule is forwarding traffic to the wire
it has to indicate that it is an sx rule and can't use the any port
value in the flow source.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 979bf468 03-Aug-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

{net, RDMA}/mlx5: Extend send to vport rules

In shared FDB there is only one eswitch which is active and it receives
traffic from all representors and all vports in the HCA.

While the Ethernet representor will always reside on its native PF
the IB representor will not. Extend send to vport rule creation to
support such flows. Need to account for source vport that sends the
traffic (on which the representors resides) and the target eswitch
the traffic which reach.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Zhang <markzhang@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# bcd68c04 22-Jul-2021 Jiapeng Chong <jiapeng.chong@linux.alibaba.com>

net/mlx5: Fix missing return value in mlx5_devlink_eswitch_inline_mode_set()

The return value is missing in this code scenario, add the return value
'0' to the return value 'err'.

Eliminate the follow smatch warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch_offloads.c:3083
mlx5_devlink_eswitch_inline_mode_set() warn: missing error code 'err'.

Reported-by: Abaci Robot <abaci@linux.alibaba.com>
Fixes: 8e0aa4bc959c ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Protect eswitch mode changes")
Signed-off-by: Jiapeng Chong <jiapeng.chong@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c85a6b8f 28-Jul-2021 Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Block switchdev mode while devlink traps are active

Since switchdev mode can't support devlink traps, verify there are
no active devlink traps before moving eswitch to switchdev mode. If
there are active traps, prevent the switchdev mode configuration.

Fixes: eb3862a0525d ("net/mlx5e: Enable traps according to link state")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# dd3fddb8 02-Jun-2021 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, handle devcom events only for ports on the same device

This is the same check as LAG mode checks if to enable lag.
This will fix adding peer miss rules if lag is not supported
and even an incorrect rules in socket direct mode.

Also fix the incorrect comment on mlx5_get_next_phys_dev() as flow #1
doesn't exists.

Fixes: ac004b832128 ("net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add peer miss rules")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c6719725 22-Jun-2021 Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Set destination vport vhca id only when merged eswitch is supported

Destination vport vhca id is valid flag is set only merged eswitch isn't supported.
Change destination vport vhca id value to be set also only when merged eswitch
is supported.

Fixes: e4ad91f23f10 ("net/mlx5e: Split offloaded eswitch TC rules for port mirroring")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# ec3be887 04-Mar-2021 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Create TC-miss priority and table

In order to adhere to kernel software datapath model bridge offloads must
come after TC and NF FDBs. Following patches in this series add new FDB
priority for bridge after FDB_FT_OFFLOAD. However, since netfilter offload
is implemented with unmanaged tables, its miss path is not automatically
connected to next priority and requires the code to manually connect with
slow table. To keep bridge offloads encapsulated and not mix it with
eswitch offloads, create a new FDB_TC_MISS priority between FDB_FT_OFFLOAD
and FDB_SLOW_PATH:

+
|
+---------v----------+
| |
| FDB_TC_OFFLOAD |
| |
+---------+----------+
|
|
|
+---------v----------+
| |
| FDB_FT_OFFLOAD |
| |
+---------+----------+
|
|
|
+---------v----------+
| |
| FDB_TC_MISS |
| |
+---------+----------+
|
|
|
+---------v----------+
| |
| FDB_SLOW_PATH |
| |
+---------+----------+
|
v

Initialize the new priority with single default empty managed table and use
the table as TC/NF miss patch instead of slow table. This approach allows
bridge offloads to be created as new FDB namespace priority between
FDB_TC_MISS and FDB_SLOW_PATH without exposing its internal tables to any
other modules since miss path of managed TC-miss table is automatically
wired to next priority.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2a2c84fa 19-May-2021 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Fix adding encap rules to slow path

On some devices the ignore flow level cap is not supported and we
shouldn't use it. Setting the dest ft with mlx5_chains_get_tc_end_ft()
already gives the correct end ft if ignore flow level cap is supported
or not.

Fixes: 39ac237ce009 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor chains and priorities")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# f1b9acd3 08-Mar-2021 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: SF, Extend SF table for additional SF id range

Extended the SF table to cover additioanl SF id range of external
controller.

A user optionallly provides the external controller number when user
wants to create SF on the external controller.

An example on eswitch system:
$ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0033:01:00.0 mode switchdev

$ devlink port show
pci/0033:01:00.0/196607: type eth netdev enP51p1s0f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false
pci/0033:01:00.0/131072: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf controller 1 pfnum 0 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00

$ devlink port add pci/0033:01:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 77 controller 1
pci/0033:01:00.0/163840: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcisf controller 1 pfnum 0 sfnum 77 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 47dd7e60 18-Mar-2021 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use xarray for vport number to vport and rep mapping

Currently vport number to vport and its representor are mapped using an
array and an index.

Vport numbers of different types of functions are not contiguous. Adding
new such discontiguous range using index and number mapping is increasingly
complex and hard to maintain.

Hence, maintain an xarray of vport and rep whose lookup is done based on
the vport number.
Each VF and SF entry is marked with a xarray mark to identify the function
type. Additionally PF and VF needs special handling for legacy inline
mode. They are additionally marked as host function using additional
HOST_FN mark.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 6308a5f0 02-Mar-2021 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Make vport number u16

Vport number is 16-bit field in hardware. Make it u16.

Move location of vport in the structure so that it reduces a hole
in the structure.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 7bf481d7 30-Oct-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, let user to enable disable metadata

Currently each packet inserted in eswitch is tagged with a internal
metadata to indicate source vport. Metadata tagging is not always
needed. Metadata insertion is needed for multi-port RoCE, failover
between representors and stacked devices. In many other cases,
metadata enablement is not needed.

Metadata insertion slows down the packet processing rate of the E-switch
when it is in switchdev mode.

Below table show performance gain with metadata disabled for VXLAN
offload rules in both SMFS and DMFS steering mode on ConnectX-5 device.

----------------------------------------------
| steering | metadata | pkt size | rx pps |
| mode | | | (million) |
----------------------------------------------
| smfs | disabled | 128Bytes | 42 |
----------------------------------------------
| smfs | enabled | 128Bytes | 36 |
----------------------------------------------
| dmfs | disabled | 128Bytes | 42 |
----------------------------------------------
| dmfs | enabled | 128Bytes | 36 |
----------------------------------------------

Hence, allow user to disable metadata using driver specific devlink
parameter. Metadata setting of the eswitch is applicable only for the
switchdev mode.

Example to show and disable metadata before changing eswitch mode:
$ devlink dev param show pci/0000:06:00.0 name esw_port_metadata
pci/0000:06:00.0:
name esw_port_metadata type driver-specific
values:
cmode runtime value true

$ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \
name esw_port_metadata value false cmode runtime

$ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
---
changelog:
v1->v2:
- added performance numbers in commit log
- updated commit log and documentation for switchdev mode
- added explicit note on when user can disable metadata in
documentation


# f94d6389 21-Sep-2020 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: TC, Add support to offload sample action

The following diagram illustrates the hardware model for tc sample action:

+---------------------+
+ original flow table +
+---------------------+
+ original match +
+---------------------+
|
v
+------------------------------------------------+
+ Flow Sampler Object +
+------------------------------------------------+
+ sample ratio +
+------------------------------------------------+
+ sample table id | default table id +
+------------------------------------------------+
| |
v v
+-----------------------------+ +----------------------------------------+
+ sample table + + default table per <vport, chain, prio> +
+-----------------------------+ +----------------------------------------+
+ forward to management vport + + original match +
+-----------------------------+ +----------------------------------------+
+ other actions +
+----------------------------------------+

The sample action is translated to a goto flow table object
destination which samples packets according to the provided
sample ratio. Sampled packets are duplicated. One copy is
processed by a termination table, named the sample table,
which sends the packet to the eswitch manager port (that will
be processed by software).

The second copy is processed by the default table which executes
the subsequent actions. The default table is created per <vport,
chain, prio> tuple as rules with different prios and chains may
overlap.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c9355682 30-Aug-2020 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Instantiate separate mapping objects for FDB and NIC tables

Currently, the u32 chain id is mapped to u16 value which is stored on
the lower 16 bits of reg_c0 for FDB and reg_b for NIC tables. The
mapping is internally maintained by the chains object. However, with
the introduction of reg_c0 objects the fdb may store more than just
the chain id on reg_c0. This is not relevant for NIC tables.

Separate the chains mapping instantiation for FDB and NIC tables.
Remove the mapping from the chains object. For FDB tables, create
the mapping per eswitch. For NIC tables, create the mapping per tc
table. Pass the corresponding mapping pointer when creating the
chains object.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# a91d98a0 10-Sep-2020 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Map register values to restore objects

Currently reg_c0 lower 16 bits and reg_b are used to store the chain
id that missed in FDB and NIC tables accordingly. However, the
registers' values may index a restore object, rather than a single u32
value. Different object types can be used to restore mutually exclusive
contexts such as chain id and sample group id.

Use the mapping object to associate an index with a restore object
as a prestep for supporting additional restore types.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c796bb7c 30-Aug-2020 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Generalize per vport table API

Currently, per vport table was used only for port mirroring actions.
However, sample action will also require a per vport table instance.

Generalize the vport table API to work with multiple namespaces where
each namespace manages its own vport table instance.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 0a9e2307 14-Jan-2021 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Rename functions to follow naming convention.

Public api starts with mlx5 and remove mlx5 for non-public api.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 4c7f4028 30-Aug-2020 Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Move vport table functions to a new file

Currently, the vport table functions are in common eswitch offload
file. This file is too big. Move the vport table create, delete and
lookup functions to a separate file. Put the file in esw directory.

Pre-step for generalizing its functionality for serving both the
mirroring and the sample features.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <cmi@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# ea6c8635 22-Mar-2021 Wan Jiabing <wanjiabing@vivo.com>

net: ethernet: indir_table.h is included twice

indir_table.h has been included at line 41, so remove
the duplicate one at line 43.

Signed-off-by: Wan Jiabing <wanjiabing@vivo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 7dc84de9 16-Sep-2020 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Protect changing mode while adding rules

We re-use the native NIC port net device instance for the Uplink
representor, a driver currently cannot unbind TC setup callback
actively, hence protect changing E-Switch mode while adding rules.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c55479d0 16-Sep-2020 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Change mode lock from mutex to rw semaphore

E-Switch mode change routine will take the write lock to prevent any
consumer to access the E-Switch resources while E-Switch is going
through a mode change.

In the next patch
E-Switch consumers (e.g vport representors) will take read_lock prior to
accessing E-Switch resources to prevent E-Switch mode changing in the
middle of the operation.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 865d6d1c 19-Oct-2020 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Move devlink port register and unregister calls

We will re-use the native NIC port net device instance for the Uplink
representor. As such we also don't want to unregister/register the
devlink port as part of the profile.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 3a46f4fb 11-Mar-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor send to vport to be more generic

Now that each representor stores a pointer to the managing E-Switch
use that information when creating the send-to-vport rules.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 59c904c8 11-Mar-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add eswitch pointer to each representor

Store the managing E-Switch of each representor. This will be used
when a representor is created on eswitch manager 0 but the vport
belongs to eswitch manager 1.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 7d97822a 11-Mar-2021 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add match on vhca id to default send rules

Match on the vhca id of the E-Switch owner when creating the send-to-vport
representor rules.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 027d7166 11-Mar-2021 Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>

net/mlx5: simplify the return expression of mlx5_esw_offloads_pair()

Simplify the return expression.

Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 9f4d9283 09-Mar-2021 Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Alloc flow spec using kvzalloc instead of kzalloc

flow spec is not small and we do allocate it using kvzalloc
in most places of the driver. fix rest of the places
to use kvzalloc to avoid failure in allocation when
memory is too fragmented.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 7bef147a 03-Dec-2020 Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Don't skip vport check

Users of mlx5_eswitch_get_vport() are required to check return value
prior to passing mlx5_vport further. Fix all the places to do not skip
that check.

Reviewed-by: Eli Cohen <elic@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# e929e3da 15-Mar-2021 Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Create vport miss group only if src rewrite is supported

Create send to vport miss group was added in order to support traffic
recirculation to root table with metadata source rewrite.
This group is created also in case source rewrite isn't supported.

Fixed by creating send to vport miss group only if source rewrite is
supported by FW.

Fixes: 8e404fefa58b ("net/mlx5e: Match recirculated packet miss in slow table using reg_c1")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# f574531a 01-Mar-2021 Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: Disable VF tunnel TX offload if ignore_flow_level isn't supported

VF tunnel TX traffic offload is adding flow which forward to flow
tables with lower level, which isn't support on all FW versions
and may cause firmware to fail with syndrome.

Fixed by enabling VF tunnel TX offload only if flow table capability
ignore_flow_level is enabled.

Fixes: 10742efc20a4 ("net/mlx5e: VF tunnel TX traffic offloading")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 8e404fef 31-Aug-2020 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: Match recirculated packet miss in slow table using reg_c1

Previous patch in series that implements stack devices RX path implements
indirect table rules that match on tunnel VNI. After such rule is created
all tunnel traffic is recirculated to root table. However, recirculated
packet might not match on any rules installed in the table (for example,
when IP traffic follows ARP traffic). In that case packets appear on
representor of tunnel endpoint VF instead being redirected to the VF
itself.

Extend slow table with additional flow group that matches on reg_c0 (source
port value set by indirect tables implemented by previous patch in series)
and reg_c1 (special 0xFFF mark). When creating offloads fdb tables, install
one rule per VF vport to match on recirculated miss packets and redirect
them to appropriate VF vport. Modify indirect tables code to also rewrite
reg_c1 with special 0xFFF mark.

Implementation reuses reg_c1 tunnel id bits. This is safe to do because
recirculated packets are always matched before decapsulation.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# a508728a 25-Jan-2021 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: VF tunnel RX traffic offloading

When tunnel endpoint is on VF the encapsulated RX traffic is exposed on the
representor of the VF without any further processing of rules installed on
the VF. Detect such case by checking if the device returned by route lookup
in decap rule handling code is a mlx5 VF and handle it with new redirection
tables API.

Example TC rules for VF tunnel traffic:

1. Rule that encapsulates the tunneled flow and redirects packets from
source VF rep to tunnel device:

$ tc -s filter show dev enp8s0f0_1 ingress
filter protocol ip pref 4 flower chain 0
filter protocol ip pref 4 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
dst_mac 0a:40:bd:30:89:99
src_mac ca:2e:a7:3f:f5:0f
eth_type ipv4
ip_tos 0/0x3
ip_flags nofrag
in_hw in_hw_count 1
action order 1: tunnel_key set
src_ip 7.7.7.5
dst_ip 7.7.7.1
key_id 98
dst_port 4789
nocsum
ttl 64 pipe
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 411 sec used 411 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
no_percpu
used_hw_stats delayed

action order 2: mirred (Egress Redirect to device vxlan_sys_4789) stolen
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 411 sec used 0 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 5615833 bytes 4028 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
Sent software 0 bytes 0 pkt
Sent hardware 5615833 bytes 4028 pkt
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
cookie bb406d45d343bf7ade9690ae80c7cba4
no_percpu
used_hw_stats delayed

2. Rule that redirects from tunnel device to UL rep:

$ tc -s filter show dev vxlan_sys_4789 ingress
filter protocol ip pref 4 flower chain 0
filter protocol ip pref 4 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
dst_mac ca:2e:a7:3f:f5:0f
src_mac 0a:40:bd:30:89:99
eth_type ipv4
enc_dst_ip 7.7.7.5
enc_src_ip 7.7.7.1
enc_key_id 98
enc_dst_port 4789
enc_tos 0
ip_flags nofrag
in_hw in_hw_count 1
action order 1: tunnel_key unset pipe
index 2 ref 1 bind 1 installed 434 sec used 434 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
used_hw_stats delayed

action order 2: mirred (Egress Redirect to device enp8s0f0_1) stolen
index 4 ref 1 bind 1 installed 434 sec used 0 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 129936 bytes 1082 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
Sent software 0 bytes 0 pkt
Sent hardware 129936 bytes 1082 pkt
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
cookie ac17cf398c4c69e4a5b2f7aabd1b88ff
no_percpu
used_hw_stats delayed

Co-developed-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 34ca6535 24-Jan-2021 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Indirect table infrastructure

Indirect table infrastructure is used to allow fully processing VF tunnel
traffic in hardware. Kernel software model uses two TC rules for such
traffic: UL rep to tunnel device, then tunnel VF rep to destination VF rep.
To implement such pipeline driver needs to program the hardware after
matching on UL rule to overwrite source vport from UL to tunnel VF and
recirculate the packet to the root table to allow matching on the rule
installed on tunnel VF. For this indirect table matches all encapsulated
traffic by tunnel parameters and all other IP traffic is sent to tunnel VF
by the miss rule.

Indirect table API overview:

- mlx5_esw_indir_table_{init|destroy}() - init and destroy opaque indirect
table object.

- mlx5_esw_indir_table_get() - get or create new table according to vport
id and IP version. Table has following pre-created groups: recirculation
group with match on ethertype and VNI (rules that match encapsulated
packets are installed to this group) and forward group with default/miss
rule that forwards to vport of tunnel endpoint VF (rule for regular
non-encapsulated packets).

- mlx5_esw_indir_table_put() - decrease reference to the indirect table and
matching rule (for encapsulated traffic).

- mlx5_esw_indir_table_needed() - check that in_port is an uplink port and
out_port is VF on the same eswitch, verify that the rule is for IP traffic
and source port rewrite functionality can be used.

- mlx5_esw_indir_table_decap_vport() - function returns decap vport of
flow attribute.

Co-developed-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 10742efc 21-Jan-2021 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: VF tunnel TX traffic offloading

When tunnel endpoint is on VF, driver still assumes that endpoint is on
uplink and incorrectly configures encap rule offload according to that
assumption. As a result, traffic is sent directly to the uplink and rules
installed on representor of tunnel endpoint VF are ignored.

Implement following changes to allow offloading tx traffic with tunnel
endpoint on VF:

- For tunneling flows perform route lookup on route and out devices pair.
If out device is uplink and route device is VF of same physical port, then
modify packet reg_c_0 metadata register (source port) with the value of VF
vport. Use eswitch vhca_id->vport mapping introduced in one of previous
patches in the series to obtain vport from route netdevice.

- Recirculate encapsulated packets to VF vport in order to apply any flow
rules installed on VF representor that match on encapsulated traffic.

Only enable support for this functionality when all following conditions
are true:

- Hardware advertises capability to preserve reg_c_0 value on packet
recirculation.

- Vport metadata matching is enabled.

- Termination tables are to be used by the flow.

Example TC rules for VF tunnel traffic:

1. Rule that redirects packets from UL to VF rep that has the tunnel
endpoint IP address:

$ tc -s filter show dev enp8s0f0 ingress
filter protocol ip pref 4 flower chain 0
filter protocol ip pref 4 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
dst_mac 16:c9:a0:2d:69:2c
src_mac 0c:42:a1:58:ab:e4
eth_type ipv4
ip_flags nofrag
in_hw in_hw_count 1
action order 1: mirred (Egress Redirect to device enp8s0f0_0) stolen
index 3 ref 1 bind 1 installed 377 sec used 0 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 114096 bytes 952 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
Sent software 0 bytes 0 pkt
Sent hardware 114096 bytes 952 pkt
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
cookie 878fa48d8c423fc08c3b6ca599b50a97
no_percpu
used_hw_stats delayed

2. Rule that decapsulates the tunneled flow and redirects to destination VF
representor:

$ tc -s filter show dev vxlan_sys_4789 ingress
filter protocol ip pref 4 flower chain 0
filter protocol ip pref 4 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
dst_mac ca:2e:a7:3f:f5:0f
src_mac 0a:40:bd:30:89:99
eth_type ipv4
enc_dst_ip 7.7.7.5
enc_src_ip 7.7.7.1
enc_key_id 98
enc_dst_port 4789
enc_tos 0
ip_flags nofrag
in_hw in_hw_count 1
action order 1: tunnel_key unset pipe
index 2 ref 1 bind 1 installed 434 sec used 434 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
used_hw_stats delayed

action order 2: mirred (Egress Redirect to device enp8s0f0_1) stolen
index 4 ref 1 bind 1 installed 434 sec used 0 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 129936 bytes 1082 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
Sent software 0 bytes 0 pkt
Sent hardware 129936 bytes 1082 pkt
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
cookie ac17cf398c4c69e4a5b2f7aabd1b88ff
no_percpu
used_hw_stats delayed

Co-developed-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 9e51c0a6 20-Jan-2021 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor rule offload forward action processing

Following patches in the series extend forwarding functionality with VF
tunnel TX and RX handling. Extract action forwarding processing code into
dedicated functions to simplify further extensions:

- Handle every forwarding case with dedicated function instead of inline
code.

- Extract forwarding dest dispatch conditional into helper function
esw_setup_dests().

- Unify forwaring cleanup code in error path of
mlx5_eswitch_add_offloaded_rule() and in rule deletion code of
__mlx5_eswitch_del_rule() in new helper function esw_cleanup_dests() (dual
to new esw_setup_dests() helper).

This patch does not change functionality.

Co-developed-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 84ae9c1f 23-Sep-2020 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Maintain vhca_id to vport_num mapping

Following patches in the series need to be able to map VF netdev to vport.
Since it is trivial to obtain vhca_id from netdev, maintain mapping from
vhca_id to vport_num inside eswitch offloads using xarray. Provide function
mlx5_eswitch_vhca_id_to_vport() to be used by TC code in following patches
to obtain the mapping.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# b055ecf5 12-Oct-2020 Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor setting source port

Setting the source port requires only the E-Switch and vport number.
Refactor the function to get those parameters instead of passing the full
attribute.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# d970812b 11-Dec-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Add eswitch helpers for SF vport

Add helpers to enable/disable eswitch port, register its devlink port and
load its representor.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# d7f33a45 11-Dec-2020 Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Prepare eswitch to handle SF vport

Prepare eswitch to handle SF vport during
(a) querying eswitch functions
(b) egress ACL creation
(c) account for SF vports in total vports calculation

Assign a dedicated placeholder for SFs vports and their representors.
They are placed after VFs vports and before ECPF vports as below:
[PF,VF0,...,VFn,SF0,...SFm,ECPF,UPLINK].

Change functions to map SF's vport numbers to indices when
accessing the vports or representors arrays, and vice versa.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 873d2f12 09-Dec-2020 Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>

net: mlx5: convert comma to semicolon

Replace a comma between expression statements by a semicolon.

Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# ade84367 01-Dec-2020 Zhu Yanjun <zyjzyj2000@gmail.com>

net/mlx5e: remove unnecessary memset

Since kvzalloc will initialize the allocated memory, it is not
necessary to initialize it once again.

Fixes: 11b717d61526 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c0 value on CQE")
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yanjun <yanjunz@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 036e19b9 29-Aug-2020 Hamdan Igbaria <hamdani@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Support flow source for local vport

Set flow source as hint for local vport.

Signed-off-by: Hamdan Igbaria <hamdani@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c7eddc60 31-Aug-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Move devlink eswitch ports closer to eswitch

Currently devlink eswitch ports are registered and unregistered by the
representor layer.
However it is better to register them at eswitch layer so that in future
user initiated command port add and delete commands can also
register/unregister devlink ports without depending on representor layer.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 38679b5a 31-Aug-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Use helper function to load unload representor

To register and unregister devlink ports when loading/unload
representors, refactor the code to helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 2c40db2f 01-Sep-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Add helper to check egress ACL need

Currently only VF vports need egress ACL table.
Add a generic helper to check whether a vport need egress
ACL table or not.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 7cd7becd 10-Sep-2020 sunils <sunils@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Use PF num in metadata reg c0

Currently only 256 vports can be supported as only 8 bits are
reserved for them and 8 bits are reserved for vhca_ids in
metadata reg c0. To support more than 256 vports, replace
vhca_id with a unique shorter 4-bit PF number which covers
upto 16 PF's. Use remaining 12 bits for vports ranging 1-4095.
This will continue to generate unique metadata even if
multiple PCI devices have same switch_id.

Signed-off-by: sunils <sunils@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# c620b772 29-Apr-2020 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Refactor tc flow attributes structure

In order to support chains and connection tracking offload for
nic flows, there's a need to introduce a common flow attributes
struct so that these features can be agnostic and have access to
a single attributes struct, regardless of the flow type.

Therefore, a new tc flow attributes format is introduced to allow
access to attributes that are common to eswitch and nic flows.

The common attributes will always get allocated for the new flows,
regardless of their type, while the type specific attributes are
separated into different structs and will be allocated based on the
flow type to avoid memory waste.

When allocating the flow attributes the caller provides the flow
steering namespace and according the namespace type the additional
space for the extra, type specific, attributes is determined and
added to the total attribute allocation size.

In addition, the attributes that are going to be common to both
flow types are moved to the common attributes struct.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# ae430332 24-Apr-2020 Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Refactor multi chains and prios support

Decouple the chains infrastructure from eswitch and make
it generic to support other steering namespaces.

The change defines an agnostic data structure to keep
all the relevant information for maintaining flow table
chaining in any steering namespace. Each namespace that
requires table chaining will be required to allocate
such data structure.

The chains creation code will receive the steering namespace
and flow table parameters from the caller so it will operate
agnosticly when creating the required resources to
maintain the table chaining function while Parts of the code
that are relevant to eswitch specific functionality are moved
to eswitch files.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6cec0229 05-Aug-2020 Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Enable adding peer miss rules only if merged eswitch is supported

The cited commit creates peer miss group during switchdev mode
initialization in order to handle miss packets correctly while in VF
LAG mode. This is done regardless of FW support of such groups which
could cause rules setups failure later on.

Fix by adding FW capability check before creating peer groups/rule.

Fixes: ac004b832128 ("net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add peer miss rules")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# cd1ef966 18-May-2020 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use vport metadata matching by default

Multiple features use metadata matching such as bond vport
in live migration, multi-port RoCE mode, stacked devices;
hence, enable vport metadata matching by default.

Fixes: 1e62e222db2e ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use vport metadata matching only when mandatory")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# fc99c3d6 22-May-2020 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Setup all vports' metadata to support peer miss rule

In merged eswitch configuration, peer miss rule is setup for all
vports. If metadata is enabled, peer miss rule with metadata matching
will be configured instead of source port matching; however, some
vports that have not yet been enabled don't have default_metadata
setup and their default_metadata will be zero.

Hence, setup/cleanup default metadata for all vports when eswitch moves
in/out of offloads mode.

Fixes: 133dcfc577ea ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Alloc and free unique metadata for match")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 406493a5 23-Jun-2020 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Dedicated metadata for uplink vport

Uplink vport must have a dedicated metadata with vhca_id
being part of the metadata.

Fixes: 133dcfc577ea ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Alloc and free unique metadata for match")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# 4e9a9ef7 23-Jun-2020 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Check and enable metadata support flag before using

Check E-Switch capabilities and enable metadata support flag
before using it to setup other features that need metadata.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>


# a53cf949 08-Sep-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Read controller number from device

ECPF supports one external host controller. Read controller number
from the device.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 6f7bbad1 02-Jul-2020 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Specify flow_source for rule with no in_port

The flow_source must be specified, even for rule without matching
source vport, because some actions are only allowed in uplink.
Otherwise, rule can't be offloaded and firmware syndrome happens.

Fixes: 6fb0701a9cfa ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add support for offloading rules with no in_port")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 0faddfe6 01-Jul-2020 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add misc bit when misc fields changed for mirroring

The modified flow_context fields in FTE must be indicated in
modify_enable bitmask. Previously, the misc bit in modify_enable is
always set as source vport must be set for each rule. So, when parsing
vxlan/gre/geneve/qinq rules, this bit is not set because those are all
from the same misc fileds that source vport fields are located at, and
we don't need to set the indicator twice.

After adding per vport tables for mirroring, misc bit is not set, then
firmware syndrome happens. To fix it, set the bit wherever misc fileds
are changed. This also makes it unnecessary to check misc fields and set
the misc bit accordingly in metadata matching, so here remove it.

Besides, flow_source must be specified for uplink because firmware
will check it and some actions are only allowed for packets received
from uplink.

Fixes: 96e326878fa5 ("net/mlx5e: Eswitch, Use per vport tables for mirroring")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c8b838d1 27-Jul-2020 Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>

net/mlx5: Use fallthrough pseudo-keyword

Replace the existing /* fall through */ comments and its variants with
the new pseudo-keyword macro fallthrough[1]. Also, remove unnecessary
fall-through markings when it is the case.

[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v5.7/process/deprecated.html?highlight=fallthrough#implicit-switch-case-fall-through

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 8d6bd3c3 20-Jul-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Use eswitch total_vports

Currently steering table and rx group initialization helper
routines works on the total_vports passed as input parameter.

Both eswitch helpers work on the mlx5_eswitch and thereby have access
to esw->total_vports. Hence use it directly instead of passing it
via function input arguments.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 0da3c12d 20-Jul-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Reuse total_vports and avoid duplicate nvports

Total e-switch vports are already stored in mlx5_eswitch total_vports.
Avoid copy of it in nvports and reuse existing total_vports calculation.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 8b95bda4 20-Jul-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Consider maximum vf vports for steering init

When eswitch is enabled, VFs might not be enabled. Hence, consider
maximum number of VFs.
This further closes the gap between handling VF vports between ECPF and
PF.

Fixes: ea2128fd632c ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Reduce dependency on num_vfs during mode set")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# ea2128fd 26-Jun-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Reduce dependency on num_vfs during mode set

Currently only ECPF allows enabling eswitch when SR-IOV is disabled.

Enable PF also to enable eswitch when SR-IOV is disabled.
Load VF vports when eswitch is already enabled.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# bd939753 18-Jun-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Introduce and use eswitch support check helper

Introduce an helper routine to get esw from a devlink device and use it
at eswitch callbacks and in subsequent patch.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 133dcfc5 28-Feb-2020 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Alloc and free unique metadata for match

Introduce infrastructure to create unique metadata for match
for vport without depending on vport_num. Vport uses its
default metadata for match in standalone configuration but
will share a different unique "bond_metadata" for match with
other vports in bond configuration.

Using ida to generate unique metadata for match for vports
in default and bond configurations.

Introduce APIs to generate, free metadata for match.
Introduce APIs to set vport's bond_metadata and replace its
ingress acl rules with bond_metatada.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 07bab950 28-Mar-2020 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor eswitch ingress acl codes

Restructure the eswitch ingress acl codes into eswitch directory
and different files:
. Acl ingress helper functions to acl_helper.c/h
. Acl ingress functions used in offloads mode to acl_ingress_ofld.c
. Acl ingress functions used in legacy mode to acl_ingress_lgy.c

This patch does not change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>


# ea651a86 06-Nov-2019 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor eswitch egress acl codes

Refactor the egress acl codes so that offloads and legacy modes
can configure specifically their own needs of egress acl table,
groups and rules. While at it, restructure the eswitch egress
acl codes into eswitch directory and different files:
. Acl egress helper functions to acl_helper.c/h
. Acl egress functions used in offloads mode to acl_egress_ofld.c
. Acl egress functions used in legacy mode to acl_egress_lgy.c

This patch does not change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 14e6b038 03-Feb-2020 Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Add support for hw decapsulation of MPLS over UDP

MPLS over UDP is supported in hardware by using a packet reformat object
with reformat type equal L3_TUNNEL_TO_L2 which both decapsulates the
outer L3, L4 and MPLS headers, and allows for setting the L2 headers of
the resulting decapsulated packet. For the hardware to operate
correctly, the configuration of the firmware must have
FLEX_PARSER_PROFILE_ENABLE = 1.

Example tc rule:
tc filter add dev bareudp0 protocol all prio 1 root flower enc_dst_port \
6635 enc_src_ip 8.8.8.23 action mpls pop protocol ip pipe \
action pedit ex munge eth dst set 00:11:22:33:44:21 pipe action \
mirred egress redirect dev enp59s0f0_0

We use pedit to set the correct destination MAC.

For MPLS over UDP decapsulation to take place, the driver logic requires
the following:

1. flower filter added on bareudp device.
2. action mpls pop
3. zero or more pedit munge actions
4. one redirect action

Current implementation supports only IPv4 and no VLAN.

tc filter show output looks like this:
filter protocol all pref 1 flower chain 0
filter protocol all pref 1 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
enc_src_ip 8.8.8.24
enc_dst_port 6635
in_hw in_hw_count 1
action order 1: mpls pop protocol ip pipe
index 2 ref 1 bind 1

action order 2: pedit action pipe keys 2
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
key #0 at eth+0: val 00112233 mask 00000000
key #1 at eth+4: val 44210000 mask 0000ffff

action order 3: mirred (Egress Redirect to device enp59s0f0_0) stolen
index 2 ref 1 bind 1

Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# d956873f 12-May-2020 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Introduce kconfig var for TC support

In order to improve code maintainability and readability, introduce new
CONFIG_MLX5_CLS_ACT kconfig variable to control compilation of TC hardware
offloads implementation. This allows distinguishing between features that
require TC support (MPLSoUDP, etc.) and features that just rely on
representor functionality (rep_bond for live migration, etc.).

Modify rep_tc.h, rep_neigh.h, en_tc.h and chains.h files to provide stubs
for functions that are called from generic code.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# f8d1edda 21-Apr-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Fix mutex init order

In cited patch mutex is initialized after its used.
Below call trace is observed.
Fix the order to initialize the mutex early enough.
Similarly follow mirror sequence during cleanup.

kernel: DEBUG_LOCKS_WARN_ON(lock->magic != lock)
kernel: WARNING: CPU: 5 PID: 45916 at kernel/locking/mutex.c:938
__mutex_lock+0x7d6/0x8a0
kernel: Call Trace:
kernel: ? esw_vport_tbl_get+0x3b/0x250 [mlx5_core]
kernel: ? mark_held_locks+0x55/0x70
kernel: ? __slab_free+0x274/0x400
kernel: ? lockdep_hardirqs_on+0x140/0x1d0
kernel: esw_vport_tbl_get+0x3b/0x250 [mlx5_core]
kernel: ? mlx5_esw_chains_create_fdb_prio+0xa57/0xc20 [mlx5_core]
kernel: mlx5_esw_vport_tbl_get+0x88/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
kernel: mlx5_esw_chains_create+0x2f3/0x3e0 [mlx5_core]
kernel: esw_create_offloads_fdb_tables+0x11d/0x580 [mlx5_core]
kernel: esw_offloads_enable+0x26d/0x540 [mlx5_core]
kernel: mlx5_eswitch_enable_locked+0x155/0x860 [mlx5_core]
kernel: mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set+0x1af/0x320 [mlx5_core]
kernel: devlink_nl_cmd_eswitch_set_doit+0x41/0xb0

Fixes: 96e326878fa5 ("net/mlx5e: Eswitch, Use per vport tables for mirroring")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e9864539 20-Apr-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Fix printing wrong error value

When mlx5_modify_header_alloc() fails, instead of printing the error
value returned, current error log prints 0.

Fix by printing correct error value returned by
mlx5_modify_header_alloc().

Fixes: 6724e66b90ee ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c1 value on miss")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 79949985 20-Apr-2020 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Fix error unwinding flow for steering init failure

Error unwinding is done incorrectly in the cited commit.
When steering init fails, there is no need to perform steering cleanup.
When vport error exists, error cleanup should be mirror of the setup
routine, i.e. to perform steering cleanup before metadata cleanup.

This avoids the call trace in accessing uninitialized objects which are
skipped during steering_init() due to failure in steering_init().

Call trace:
mlx5_cmd_modify_header_alloc:805:(pid 21128): too many modify header
actions 1, max supported 0
E-Switch: Failed to create restore mod header

BUG: kernel NULL pointer dereference, address: 00000000000000d0
[ 677.263079] mlx5_destroy_flow_group+0x13/0x80 [mlx5_core]
[ 677.268921] esw_offloads_steering_cleanup+0x51/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
[ 677.275281] esw_offloads_enable+0x1a5/0x800 [mlx5_core]
[ 677.280949] mlx5_eswitch_enable_locked+0x155/0x860 [mlx5_core]
[ 677.287227] mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set+0x1af/0x320
[ 677.293741] devlink_nl_cmd_eswitch_set_doit+0x41/0xb0
[ 677.299217] genl_rcv_msg+0x1eb/0x430

Fixes: 7983a675ba65 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable chains only if regs loopback is enabled")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# d65dbedf 24-Apr-2020 Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add support for COPY steering action

Add COPY type to modify_header action. IPsec feature is the first
feature that needs COPY steering action.

Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>


# e08a6832 08-Apr-2020 Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>

net/mlx5: Update eswitch to new cmd interface

Do mass update of eswitch to reuse newly introduced
mlx5_cmd_exec_in*() interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>


# 84be2fda 28-Mar-2020 Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Fix condition for termination table cleanup

When we destroy rules from slow path we need to avoid destroying
termination tables since termination tables are never created in slow
path. By doing so we avoid destroying the termination table created for the
slow path.

Fixes: d8a2034f152a ("net/mlx5: Don't use termination tables in slow path")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 49964352 13-Mar-2020 Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch: Move eswitch chains to a new directory

eswitch_offloads_chains.{c,h} were just introduced this kernel release
cycle, eswitch is in high development demand right now and many
features are planned to be added to it. eswitch deserves its own
directory and here we move these new files to there, in preparation for
upcoming eswitch features and new files.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>


# 8e0aa4bc 18-Dec-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Protect eswitch mode changes

Currently eswitch mode change is occurring from 2 different execution
contexts as below.
1. sriov sysfs enable/disable
2. devlink eswitch set commands

Both of them need to access eswitch related data structures in
synchronized manner.
Without any synchronization below race condition exist.

SR-IOV enable/disable with devlink eswitch mode change:

cpu-0 cpu-1
----- -----
mlx5_device_disable_sriov() mlx5_devlink_eswitch_mode_set()
mlx5_eswitch_disable() esw_offloads_stop()
esw_offloads_disable() mlx5_eswitch_disable()
esw_offloads_disable()

Hence, they are synchronized using a new mode_lock.
eswitch's state_lock is not used as it can lead to a deadlock scenario
below and state_lock is only for vport and fdb exclusive access.

ip link set vf <param>
netlink rcv_msg() - Lock A
rtnl_lock
vfinfo()
esw->state_lock() - Lock B
devlink eswitch_set
devlink_mutex
esw->state_lock() - Lock B
attach_netdev()
register_netdev()
rtnl_lock - Lock A

Alternatives considered:
1. Acquiring rtnl lock before taking esw->state_lock to follow similar
locking sequence as ip link flow during eswitch mode set.
rtnl lock is not good idea for two reasons.
(a) Holding rtnl lock for several hundred device commands is not good
idea.
(b) It leads to below and more similar deadlocks.

devlink eswitch_set
devlink_mutex
rtnl_lock - Lock A
esw->state_lock() - Lock B
eswitch_disable()
reload()
ib_register_device()
ib_cache_setup_one()
rtnl_lock()

2. Exporting devlink lock may lead to undesired use of it in vendor
driver(s) in future.

3. Unloading representors outside of the mode_lock requires
serialization with other process trying to enable the eswitch.

4. Differing the representors life cycle to a different workqueue
requires synchronization with func_change_handler workqueue.

Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# ebf77bb8 18-Dec-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Extend eswitch enable to handle num_vfs change

Subsequent patch protects eswitch mode changes across sriov and devlink
interfaces. It is desirable for eswitch to provide thread safe eswitch
enable and disable APIs.
Hence, extend eswitch enable API to optionally update num_vfs when
requested.

In subsequent patch, eswitch num_vfs are updated after all the eswitch
users eswitch drops its reference count.

Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# ae24432c 14-Dec-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Split eswitch mode check to different helper function

In order to check eswitch state under a lock, prepare code to split
capability check and eswitch state check into two helper functions.

Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c8508713 19-Mar-2020 Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, free flow_group_in after creating the restore table

We allocate a temporary memory but forget to free it.

Fixes: 11b717d61526 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c0 value on CQE")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 7983a675 18-Mar-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable chains only if regs loopback is enabled

Register c0 loopback is needed to fully support chains and prios.

Enable chains and prio only if loopback (of reg c1 which came together
with c0), is enabled. To be able to check that, move enabling of loopback
before eswitch chains init.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 60acc105 18-Mar-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable restore table only if reg_c1 is supported

Reg c0/c1 matching, rewrite of regs c0/c1, and copy header of regs c1,B
is needed for the restore table to function, might not be supported by
firmware, and creation of the restore table or the copy header will
fail.

Check reg_c1 loopback support, as firmware which supports this,
should have all of the above.

Fixes: 11b717d61526 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c0 value on CQE")
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# d8a2034f 26-Feb-2020 Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Don't use termination tables in slow path

Don't use termination tables for packets that are steered to the slow path,
as a pre-step for supporting packet encap (packet reformat) action on
termination tables. Packet encap (reformat action) actions steer the packet
to the slow path until outer arp entries are resolved.

Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 0e6fa491 17-Dec-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Avoid deriving mlx5_core_dev second time

All callers needs to work on mlx5_core_dev and it is already derived
before calling mlx5_devlink_eswitch_check().
Hence, accept mlx5_core_dev in mlx5_devlink_eswitch_check().

Given that it works on mlx5_core_dev change helper function name to
drop devlink prefix.

Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 2bb72e7e 14-Dec-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Annotate termtbl_mutex mutex destroy

Annotate mutex destroy to keep it symmetric to init sequence.
It should be destroyed after its users (representor netdevices) are
destroyed in below flow.

esw_offloads_disable()
esw_offloads_unload_rep()

Hence, initialize the mutex before creating the representors which uses
it.

Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 5c2aa8ae 17-Jan-2020 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Accept flow rules without match

Allow passing NULL spec when creating a flow rule. Such rules will act
as "catch all" flow rules.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 4110fc59 12-Nov-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor unload all reps per rep type

Following introduction of per vport configuration of vport and rep,
unload all reps per rep type is still needed as IB reps can be
unloaded individually. However, a few internal functions exist purely
for this purpose, merge them to a single function.

This patch doesn't change any existing functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 23bb50cf 12-Nov-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Update VF vports config when num of VFs changed

Currently, ECPF eswitch manager does one-time only configuration for
VF vports when device switches to offloads mode. However, when num of
VFs changed from host side, driver doesn't update VF vports
configurations.

Hence, perform VFs vport configuration update whenever num_vfs change
event occurs.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c2d7712c 11-Nov-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce per vport configuration for eswitch modes

Both legacy and offload modes require vport setup, only offload mode
requires rep setup. Before this patch, vport and rep operations are
separated applied to all relevant vports in different stages.

Change to use per vport configuration, so that vport and rep operations
are modularized per vport.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6fb0701a 11-Mar-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add support for offloading rules with no in_port

FTEs in global tables may match on packets from multiple in_ports.
Provide the capability to omit the in_port match condition.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# d18296ff 11-Mar-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce global tables

Currently, flow tables are automatically connected according to their
<chain,prio,level> tuple.

Introduce global tables which are flow tables that are detached from the
eswitch chains processing, and will be connected by explicitly referencing
them from multiple chains.

Add this new table type, and allow connecting them by refenece.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 5b7cb745 11-Mar-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable reg c1 loopback when possible

Enable reg c1 loopback if firmware reports it's supported,
as this is needed for restoring packet metadata (e.g chain).

Also define helper to query if it is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# cc617ced 18-Dec-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, make query inline mode a static function

mlx5_eswitch_inline_mode_get() is used only in eswitch_offloads.c.
Hence, make it static and adjacent to its caller function.

Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# d9fb932f 04-Mar-2020 Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>

net/mlx5e: Fix an IS_ERR() vs NULL check

The esw_vport_tbl_get() function returns error pointers on error.

Fixes: 96e326878fa5 ("net/mlx5e: Eswitch, Use per vport tables for mirroring")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 1e62e222 27-Jan-2020 Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use vport metadata matching only when mandatory

Multi-port RoCE mode requires tagging traffic that passes through the
vport.
This matching can cause performance degradation, therefore disable it
and use the legacy matching on vhca_id and source_port when possible.

Fixes: 92ab1eb392c6 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable vport metadata matching if firmware supports it")
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 87dac697 26-Dec-2019 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Add devlink fdb_large_groups parameter

Add a devlink parameter to control the number of large groups in a
autogrouped flow table. The default value is 15, and the range is between 1
and 1024.

The size of each large group can be calculated according to the following
formula: size = 4M / (fdb_large_groups + 1).

Examples:
- Set the number of large groups to 20.
$ devlink dev param set pci/0000:82:00.0 name fdb_large_groups \
cmode driverinit value 20

Then run devlink reload command to apply the new value.
$ devlink dev reload pci/0000:82:00.0

- Read the number of large groups in flow table.
$ devlink dev param show pci/0000:82:00.0 name fdb_large_groups
pci/0000:82:00.0:
name fdb_large_groups type driver-specific
values:
cmode driverinit value 20

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 96e32687 14-Jan-2020 Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Eswitch, Use per vport tables for mirroring

When using port mirroring, we forward the traffic to another table and
use that table to forward to the mirrored vport. Since the hardware
loses the values of reg c, and in particular reg c0, we fail the match
on the input vport which previously existed in reg c0. To overcome this
situation, we use a set of per vport tables, positioned at the lowest
priority, and forward traffic to those tables. Since these tables are
per vport, we can avoid matching on reg c0.

Fixes: c01cfd0f1115 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add match on vport metadata for rule in fast path")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6724e66b 15-Feb-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c1 value on miss

The HW model implicitly decapsulates tunnels on chain 0 and sets reg_c1
with the mapped tunnel id. On miss, the packet does not have the outer
header and the driver restores the tunnel information from the tunnel id.

Getting reg_c1 value in software requires enabling reg_c1 loopback and
copying reg_c1 to reg_b. reg_b comes up on CQE as cqe->imm_inval_pkey.

Use the reg_c0 restoration rules to also copy reg_c1 to reg_B.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 11b717d6 15-Feb-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get reg_c0 value on CQE

On RX side create a restore table in OFFLOADS namespace.
This table will match on all values for reg_c0 we will use,
and set it to the flow_tag. This flow tag can then be read on the CQE.

As there is no copy action from reg c0 to flow tag, instead we have to
set the flow tag explictily. We add an API so callers can add all the used
reg_c0 values (tags) and for each of those we add a restore rule.

This will be used in a following patch to save the miss chain mapping
tag on reg_c0 and from it restore the tc chain on the skb.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 0f0d3827 15-Feb-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Move source port on reg_c0 to the upper 16 bits

Multi chain support requires the miss path to continue the processing
from the last chain id, and for that we need to save the chain
miss tag (a mapping for 32bit chain id) on reg_c0 which will
come in a next patch.

Currently reg_c0 is exclusively used to store the source port
metadata, giving it 32bit, it is created from 16bits of vcha_id,
and 16bits of vport number.

We will move this source port metadata to upper 16bits, and leave the
lower bits for the chain miss tag. We compress the reg_c0 source port
metadata to 16bits by taking 8 bits from vhca_id, and 8bits from
the vport number.

Since we compress the vport number to 8bits statically, and leave two
top ids for special PF/ECPF numbers, we will only support a max of 254
vports with this strategy.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 383de108 12-Feb-2020 Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Don't clear the whole vf config when switching modes

There is no need to reset all vf config (except link state) between
legacy and switchdev modes changes.
Also, set link state to AUTO, when legacy enabled.

Fixes: 3b83b6c2e024 ("net/mlx5e: Clear VF config when switching modes")
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 3b83b6c2 13-Jan-2020 Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Clear VF config when switching modes

Currently VF in LEGACY mode are not able to go up. Also in OFFLOADS
mode, when switching to it first time, VF can go up independently to
his representor, which is not expected.
Perform clearing of VF config when switching modes and set link state
to AUTO as default value. Also, when switching to OFFLOADS mode set
link state to DOWN, which allow VF link state to be controlled by its
REP.

Fixes: 1ab2068a4c66 ("net/mlx5: Implement vports admin state backup/restore")
Fixes: 556b9d16d3f5 ("net/mlx5: Clear VF's configuration on disabling SRIOV")
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 93b8a7ec 31-Dec-2019 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Fix lowest FDB pool size

The pool sizes represent the pool sizes in the fw. when we request
a pool size from fw, it will return the next possible group.
We track how many pools the fw has left and start requesting groups
from the big to the small.
When we start request 4k group, which doesn't exists in fw, fw
wants to allocate the next possible size, 64k, but will fail since
its exhausted. The correct smallest pool size in fw is 128 and not 4k.

Fixes: e52c28024008 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add chains and priorities")
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 278d51f2 20-Nov-2019 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Increase number of chains and priorities

Increase the number of chains and priorities to support
the whole range available in tc.

We use unmanaged tables and ignore flow level to create more
tables than what we declared to fs_core steering, and we manage
the connections between the tables themselves.

To support that we need FW with ignore_flow_level capability.
Otherwise the old behaviour will be used, where we are limited
by the number of levels we declared (4 chains, 16 prios).

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 39ac237c 07-Jan-2020 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor chains and priorities

To support the entire chain and prio range (32bit + 16bit),
instead of a using a static array of chains/prios of limited size, create
them dynamically, and use a rhashtable to search for existing chains/prio
combinations.

This will be used in next patch to actually increase the number using
unamanged tables support and ignore flow level capability.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e66cbc96 26-Nov-2019 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: ft: Use getter function to get ft chain

FT chain is defined as the next chain after tc.

To prepare for next patches that will increase the number of tc
chains available at runtime, use a getter function to get this
value.

The define is still used in static fs_core allocation,
to calculate the number of chains. This static allocation
will be used if the relevant capabilities won't be available
to support dynamic chains.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 61dc7b01 14-Nov-2019 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Refactor mlx5_create_auto_grouped_flow_table

Refactor mlx5_create_auto_grouped_flow_table() to use ft_attr param
which already carries the max_fte, prio and flags memebers, and is
used the same in similar mlx5_create_flow_table() function.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# b7826076 12-Nov-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: E-switch, Fix Ingress ACL groups in switchdev mode for prio tag

In cited commit, when prio tag mode is enabled, FTE creation fails
due to missing group with valid match criteria.

Hence,
(a) create prio tag group metadata_prio_tag_grp when prio tag is
enabled with match criteria for vlan push FTE.
(b) Rename metadata_grp to metadata_allmatch_grp to reflect its purpose.

Also when priority tag is enabled, delete metadata settings after
deleting ingress rules, which are using it.

Tide up rest of the ingress config code for unnecessary labels.

Fixes: 10652f39943e ("net/mlx5: Refactor ingress acl configuration")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 34b13cb3 11-Nov-2019 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Accumulate levels for chains prio namespaces

Tc chains are implemented by creating a chained prio steering type, and
inside it there is a namespace for each chain (FDB_TC_MAX_CHAINS). Each
of those has a list of priorities.

Currently, all namespaces in a prio start at the parent prio level.
But since we can jump from chain (namespace) to another chain in the
same prio, we need the levels for higher chains to be higher as well.
So we created unused prios to account for levels in previous namespaces.

Fix that by accumulating the namespaces levels if we are inside a chained
type prio, and removing the unused prios.

Fixes: 328edb499f99 ('net/mlx5: Split FDB fast path prio to multiple namespaces')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 2cf2954b 11-Nov-2019 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Rename FDB_* tc related defines to FDB_TC_* defines

Rename it to prepare for next patch that will add a
different type of offload to the FDB.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# f382b0df 28-Oct-2019 Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Fix eswitch debug print of max fdb flow

The value is already the calculation so remove the log prefix.

Fixes: e52c28024008 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add chains and priorities")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 9ea7f01f 05-Nov-2019 Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>

net/mlx5: fix spelling mistake "metdata" -> "metadata"

There is a spelling mistake in a esw_warn warning message. Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 556b9d16 03-Sep-2019 Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Clear VF's configuration on disabling SRIOV

When setting number of VFs to 0 (disable SRIOV), clear VF's
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 238302fa 28-Oct-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Enable metadata on own vport

Currently on ECPF, metadata is enabled on the ECPF vport = 0xfffe
(manager vport).
Metadata when supported, must be enabled on own vport which is
used to pass metadata to vport of NIC Rx Flow Table.

Due to this error, traffic tagged by ingress ACL is not processed
correctly at NIC rx flow table level which is supposed to work
on metadata tag.

Hence, instead of working on eswitch manager vport, always working on
eswitch own vport regardless of PF or ECPF.

Given that mlx5_eswitch_query/modify_esw_vport_context() is used to
access other vport in legacy mode and own vport settings in switchdev mode,
extend low level API to explicitly specify other_vport.

Fixes: c1286050cf47 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Pass metadata from FDB to eswitch manager")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 10652f39 28-Oct-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Refactor ingress acl configuration

Drop, untagged, spoof check and untagged spoof check flow groups are
limited to legacy mode only.

Therefore, following refactoring is done to
(a) improve code readability
(b) have better code split between legacy and offloads mode

1. Move legacy flow groups under legacy structure
2. Add validity check for group deletion
3. Restrict scope of esw_vport_disable_ingress_acl to legacy mode
4. Rename esw_vport_enable_ingress_acl() to
esw_vport_create_ingress_acl_table() and limit its scope to
table creation
5. Introduce legacy flow groups creation helper
esw_legacy_create_ingress_acl_groups() and keep its scope to legacy mode
6. Reduce offloads ingress groups from 4 to just 1 metadata group
per vport
7. Removed redundant IS_ERR_OR_NULL as entries are marked NULL on free.
8. Shortern error message to remove redundant 'E-switch'

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# a962d7a6 28-Oct-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Restrict metadata disablement to offloads mode

Now that there is clear separation for acl setup/cleanup between legacy
and offloads mode, limit metdata disablement to offloads mode.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 748da30b 28-Oct-2019 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Offloads shift ACL programming during enable/disable vport

Currently legacy mode enables ACL while enabling vport, while offloads
mode enable ACL when moving to offloads mode.

Bring consistency to both modes by enabling/disabling ACL when
enabling/disabling a vport.

It also eliminates creating ingress ACL table on unused ECPF vport in
offloads mode.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 89a0f1fb 28-Oct-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Offloads introduce and use per vport acl tables APIs

Introduce and use per vport ACL tables creation and destroy APIs, so that
subsequently patch can use them during enabling/disabling a vport.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 925a6acc 28-Oct-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Prepare code to handle vport enable error

In subsequent patch, esw_enable_vport() could fail and return error.
Prepare code to handle such error.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# d68316b5 28-Oct-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Move metdata fields under offloads structure

Metadata fields are offload mode specific.
To improve code readability, move metadata under offloads structure.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# fdde49e0 28-Oct-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Introduce and use vlan rule config helper

Between legacy mode and switchdev mode, only two fields are changed,
vlan_tag and flow action.
Hence to avoid duplicte code between two modes, introduce and and use
helper function to configure allowed VLAN rule.

While at it, get rid of duplicate debug message.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# b1a3380a 28-Oct-2019 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Rename ingress acl config in offloads mode

Changing the function name esw_ingress_acl_common_config() to
esw_ingress_acl_config() to be consistent with egress config
function naming in offloads mode.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6d94e610 28-Oct-2019 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Rename egress config to generic name

Refactor vport egress config in offloads mode

Refactoring vport egress configuration in offloads mode that
includes egress prio tag configuration.
This makes code symmetric to ingress configuration.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 752d3dc0 29-Aug-2019 Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Remove incorrect match criteria assignment line

Driver have function, which enable match criteria for misc parameters
in dependence of eswitch capabilities.

Fixes: 4f5d1beadc10 ("Merge branch 'mlx5-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux")
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e53e6655 04-Sep-2019 Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>

net/mlx5: fix missing assignment of variable err

The error return from a call to mlx5_flow_namespace_set_peer is not
being assigned to variable err and hence the error check following
the call is currently not working. Fix this by assigning ret as
intended.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Logically dead code")
Fixes: 8463daf17e80 ("net/mlx5: Add support to use SMFS in switchdev mode")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 8463daf1 18-Aug-2019 Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add support to use SMFS in switchdev mode

In case that flow steering mode of the driver is SMFS (Software Managed
Flow Steering), then use the DR (SW steering) API to create the steering
objects.

In addition, add a call to the set peer namespace when switchdev gets
devcom pair event. It is required to support VF LAG in SMFS.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 2b688ea5 15-Aug-2019 Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add flow steering actions to fs_cmd shim layer

Add flow steering actions: modify header and packet reformat
to the fs_cmd shim layer. This allows each namespace to define
possibly different functionality for alloc/dealloc action commands.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# ef2e4094 26-Jul-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Removed unused hwid

Currently mlx5_eswitch_rep stores same hw ID for all representors.
However it is never used from this structure.
It is always used from mlx5_vport.

Hence, remove unused field.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 93b3586e 17-Jul-2019 Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Support inner header match criteria for non decap flow action

We have an issue that OVS application creates an offloaded drop rule
that drops VXLAN traffic with both inner and outer header match
criteria. mlx5_core driver detects correctly the inner and outer
header match criteria but does not enable the inner header match criteria
due to an incorrect assumption in mlx5_eswitch_add_offloaded_rule that
only decap rule needs inner header criteria.

Solution:
Remove mlx5_esw_flow_attr's match_level and tunnel_match_level and add
two new members: inner_match_level and outer_match_level.
inner/outer_match_level is set to NONE if the inner/outer match criteria
is not specified in the tc rule creation request. The decap assumption is
removed and the code just needs to check for inner/outer_match_level to
enable the corresponding bit in firmware's match_criteria_enable value.

Fixes: 6363651d6dd7 ("net/mlx5e: Properly set steering match levels for offloaded TC decap rules")
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 5896b972 29-Jul-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Tide up eswitch config sequence

Currently for PF and ECPF vports, representors are created before
their eswitch hardware ports are initialized in below flow.

mlx5_eswitch_enable()
esw_offloads_init()
esw_offloads_load_all_reps()
[..]
esw_enable_vport()

However for VFs, vports are initialized before creating their
respective netdev represnetors in event handling context.

Similarly while disabling eswitch, first hardware vports are disabled,
followed by destroying their representors.
Here while underlying vports gets destroyed but its respective user
facing netdevice can still exist on which user can continue to perform
more offload operations.

Instead, its more accurate to do
enable_eswitch switchdev mode:
1. perform FDB tables initialization
2. initialize hw vport
3. create and publish representor for this vport

disable_eswitch switchdev mode:
1. destroy user facing representor for the vport
2. disable hw vport
3. perform FDB tables cleanup

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 332bd3a5 29-Jul-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Combine metadata enable/disable functionality

Except bit toggling code, rest of the code is same to enable/disable
metadata passing functionality.
Hence, combine them to single function and control using enable flag.

Also instead of checking metadata supported at multiple places,
fold into the helper function.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 0e18134f 11-Sep-2018 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Eswitch, use state_lock to synchronize vlan change

esw->state_lock is already used to protect vlan vport configuration change.
However, all preparation and correctness checks, and code that sets vport
data are not protected by this lock and assume external synchronization by
rtnl lock. In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock, extend
esw->state_lock protection to whole eswitch vlan add/del functions.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 525e84be 18-Nov-2018 Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Eswitch, change offloads num_flows type to atomic64

Eswitch implements its own locking by means of state_lock mutex and
multiple fine-grained lock in containing data structures, and is supposed
to not rely on rtnl lock. However, eswitch offloads num_flows type is a
regular long long integer and cannot be modified concurrently. This is an
implicit assumptions that mlx5 tc is serialized (by rtnl lock or any other
means). In order to remove implicit dependency on rtnl lock, change
num_flows type to atomic64 to allow concurrent modifications.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 3a5ee3b3 14-Jul-2019 Fuqian Huang <huangfq.daxian@gmail.com>

ethernet: remove redundant memset

kvzalloc already zeroes the memory during the allocation.
pci_alloc_consistent calls dma_alloc_coherent directly.
In commit 518a2f1925c3
("dma-mapping: zero memory returned from dma_alloc_*"),
dma_alloc_coherent has already zeroed the memory.
So the memset after these function is not needed.

Signed-off-by: Fuqian Huang <huangfq.daxian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 9446d17e 11-Jul-2019 Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Reduce ingress acl modify metadata stack usage

Fix the following compiler warning:
In function ‘esw_vport_add_ingress_acl_modify_metadata’:
the frame size of 1084 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]

Since the structure is never written to, we can statically allocate
it to avoid the stack usage.

Fixes: 7445cfb1169c ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Tag packet with vport number in VF vports and uplink ingress ACLs")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 9a64144d 17-Jun-2019 Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix default encap mode

Encap mode is related to switchdev mode only. Move the init of
the encap mode to eswitch_offloads. Before this change, we reported
that eswitch supports encap, even tough the device was in non
SRIOV mode.

Fixes: 7768d1971de67 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for encapsulation')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# dd28087c 07-Jun-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Refactor mlx5_esw_query_functions for modularity

Functions change event output data size changes when functions other
than VFs will be enabled in HCA CAP.
With current API, multiple callers needs to align, calculate accurate
size of the output data depending on number on non VF functions enabled
in the device.
Instead of duplicating such math at multiple places, refactor
mlx5_esw_query_functions() to return raw output allocated by itself.

Caller must free the allocated memory using kvfree() as described in the
function comment section.
This hides calcuation within mlx5_esw_query_functions() and provides
simpler API.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 7e736f9a 07-Jun-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch prepare functions change handler to be modular

Eswitch function change handler will service multiple type of events for
VFs and non VF functions update.
Hence, introduce and use the helper function
esw_vfs_changed_event_handler() for handling change in num VFs to improve
the code readability.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 2752b823 14-May-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Introduce and use mlx5_eswitch_get_total_vports()

Instead MLX5_TOTAL_VPORTS, use mlx5_eswitch_get_total_vports().
mlx5_eswitch_get_total_vports() in subsequent patch accounts for SF
vports as well.
Expanding MLX5_TOTAL_VPORTS macro would require exposing SF internals to
more generic vport.h header file. Such exposure is not desired.
Hence a mlx5_eswitch_get_total_vports() is introduced.

Given that mlx5_eswitch_get_total_vports() API wants to work on const
mlx5_core_dev*, change its helper functions also to accept const *dev.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 411ec9e0 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Consider host PF for inline mode and vlan pop

When ECPF is the eswitch manager, host PF is treated like other VFs.
Driver should do the same for inline mode and vlan pop.

Add new iterators to include host PF if ECPF is the eswitch manager.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# db68cc56 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use iterator for vlan and min-inline setups

Use the defined iterators to traversal VF reps/vport. Also, rely on
num of VFs rather than the counter of enabled vports as PF will also
be enabled from ECPF side, and the counter will be different from
num of VFs.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 16fff98a 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Reg/unreg function changed event at correct stage

When driver is doing eswitch mode change, it's critical to keep number
of enabled VFs unchanged. However, it can be changed on the fly once
function changed event is registered.

To remove this uncertainty, function changed event should not be
registered before all setups, and first be unregistered before all
cleanups. Wrap this functionality together with vport event handler.

Fixes: 61fc880839e6 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Handle representors creation in handler context")
Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 062f4bf4 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Consolidate eswitch function number of VFs

Enabled number of VFs is key for eswich manager to do flow steering
initialization and vport configurations. However, the number of
enabled VFs may come from two sources as below.

PF: num of VFs is provided by enabled SR-IOV of itself.
ECPF: num of VFs is provided by enabled SR-IOV from its peer PF. And
SR-IOV can't be enabled from ECPF itself.

Current driver handles the two cases in different stages and passing
the number of enabled VFs among a large scope of internal functions.
It is usually hard to find out where is the real number of VFs from
due to layers of argument pass-in.

This patch consolidated that number from the entry point of doing
eswitch setup, and maintained a copy so that eswitch functions can
refer to it directly.

Eswitch driver shall always use this number when referring to enabled
number of VFs, don't use other numbers such as from SR-IOV.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# f6455de0 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor eswitch SR-IOV interface

Devlink eswitch mode is not necessarily related to SR-IOV, e.g, ECPF
can be at offload mode when SR-IOV is not enabled.

Rename the interface and eswitch mode names to decouple from SR-IOV,
and cleanup eswitch messages accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e1d974d0 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Handle host PF vport mac/guid for ECPF

When ECPF is eswitch manager, it has the privilege to query and
configure the mac and node guid of host PF.

While vport number of host PF is 0, the vport command should be
issued with other_vport set in this case as the cmd is issued by
ECPF vport(0xfffe).

Add a specific function to query own vport mac. Low level functions
are used by vport manager to query/modify any vport mac and node guid.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 5ccf2770 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Don't handle VF func change if host PF is disabled

When ECPF eswitch manager is at offloads mode, it monitors functions
changed event from host PF side and acts according to the number of
VFs enabled/disabled.

As ECPF and host PF work in two independent hosts, it's possible that
host PF OS reboots but ECPF system is still kept on and continues
monitoring events from host PF. When kernel from host PF side is
booting, PCI iov driver does sriov_init and compute_max_vf_buses by
iterating over all valid num of VFs. This triggers FLR and generates
functions changed events, even though host PF HCA is not enabled at
this time. However, ECPF is not aware of this information, and still
handles these events as usual. ECPF system will see massive number of
reps are created, but destroyed immediately once creation finished.

To eliminate this noise, a bit is added to host parameter context to
indicate host PF is disabled. ECPF will not handle the VF changed
event if this bit is set.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 2f69e591 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

{IB, net}/mlx5: E-Switch, Use index of rep for vport to IB port mapping

In the single IB device mode, the mapping between vport number and
rep relies on a counter. However for dynamic vport allocation, it is
desired to keep consistent map of eswitch vport and IB port.

Hence, simplify code to remove the free running counter and instead
use the available vport index during load/unload sequence from the
eswitch.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# d6518db2 28-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use vport index when init rep

Driver is referring to the array index when doing rep initialization,
using vport is confusing as it's normally interpreted as vport number.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 92ab1eb3 25-Jun-2019 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable vport metadata matching if firmware supports it

As the ingress ACL rules save vhca id and vport number to packet's
metadata REG_C_0, and the metadata matching for the rules in both fast
path and slow path are all added, enable this feature if supported.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# a5641cb5 25-Jun-2019 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add match on vport metadata for rule in slow path

In slow path, packet that not matched by any offloaded rule is
forwarded to eswitch vport manager for further processing.
Add matching on metadata for peer miss rules in FDB, and rules which
forward packet to correct representor in esw manager NIC_RX table.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c1286050 25-Jun-2019 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Pass metadata from FDB to eswitch manager

In order to do matching on metadata in slow path when demuxing traffic
to representors, explicitly enable the feature that allows HW to pass
metadata REG_C_0 from FDB to eswitch manager NIC_RX table.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c01cfd0f 25-Jun-2019 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add match on vport metadata for rule in fast path

If FW's capabilities and configurations meet the requirement of vport
metadata matching, this feature will be used. As the information
about vport number and vhca_id related to packet is already stored to
its metadata register, which is used as an indicator for perticular
vport, now we can change to match on this metadata for all the
offloading rules in fast path.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 7445cfb1 25-Jun-2019 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Tag packet with vport number in VF vports and uplink ingress ACLs

When a dual-port VHCA sends a RoCE packet on its non-native port, and the
packet arrives to its affiliated vport FDB, a mismatch might occur on the
rules that match the packet source vport as it is not represented by single
VHCA only in this case. So we change to match on metadata instead of source
vport.
To do that, a rule is created in all vports and uplink ingress ACLs, to
save the source vport number and vhca id in the packet's metadata in order
to match on it later.
The metadata register used is the first of the 32-bit type C registers. It
can be used for matching and header modify operations. The higher 16 bits
of this register are for vhca id, and the lower 16 ones is for vport
number.
This change is not for dual-port RoCE only. If HW and FW allow, the vport
metadata matching is enabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 91d6291c 25-Jun-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Introduce a helper API to check VF vport

Introduce a helper API mlx5_eswitch_is_vf_vport() to check
if a given vport_num belongs to VF or not.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 98fdbea5 12-Jun-2019 Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>

net/mlx5: Declare more strictly devlink encap mode

Devlink has UAPI declaration for encap mode, so there is no
need to be loose on the data get/set by drivers.

Update call sites to use enum devlink_eswitch_encap_mode
instead of plain u8.

Suggested-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>


# 10ee82ce 10-Jun-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Return raw output for query esw functions

Current function only returns host num of VFs, later patch requires
other params such as host maximum num of VFs.

Return the raw output so that caller can extract info as needed.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# ac35dcd6 10-Jun-2019 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Handle representors creation in handler context

Unified representors creation in esw_functions_changed context
handler. Emulate the esw_function_changed event for FW/HW that
does not support this event.

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 10caabda 18-Apr-2019 Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Use termination table for VLAN push actions

HW does not support push VLAN action in the RX direction (packets
arriving from the wire). The FW works around this limitation by haripining
the packet. The hairpin workaround applies only when the push VLAN action
is specified in a termination table, assuring that there are no actions
following the haripin.

Instantiate termination table for push VLAN actions. Re-use identical
terminating tables for increased HW cache efficiency.

Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# d4a18e16 30-Jan-2019 Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Enable setting multiple match criteria for flow group

When filling in flow spec match criteria, to allow previous
modifications of the match criteria, use "|=" rather than "=".

Tunnel options are parsed before the match criteria of the offloaded
flow are being set. If the the flow that we're about to offload has
encapsulation options, the flow group might need to match on additional
criteria.

For Geneve, an additional flow group matching parameter should
be used - misc3. The appropriate bit in the match criteria is set
while parsing the tunnel options, so the criteria value shouldn't
be overwritten.

This is a pre-step for supporting Geneve TLV options offload.

Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 8693115a 29-May-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

{IB,net}/mlx5: Constify rep ops functions pointers

Currently for every representor type and for every single vport,
representer function pointers copy is stored even though they don't
change from one to other vport.

Additionally priv data entry for the rep is not passed during
registration, but its copied. It is used (set and cleared) by the user
of the reps.

As we want to scale vports, to simplify and also to split constants
from data,

1. Rename mlx5_eswitch_rep_if to mlx5_eswitch_rep_ops as to match _ops
prefix with other standard netdev, ibdev ops.
2. Constify the IB and Ethernet rep ops structure.
3. Instead of storing copy of all rep function pointers, store copy
per eswitch rep type.
4. Split data and function pointers to mlx5_eswitch_rep_ops and
mlx5_eswitch_rep_data.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6706a3b9 29-May-2019 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Honor eswitch functions changed event cap

Whenever device supports eswitch functions changed event, honor
such device setting. Do not limit it to ECPF.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# cd56f929 29-May-2019 Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Replace host_params event with functions_changed event

To support sriov on a E-Switch manager, num_vfs are queried
to the firmware whenever E-Switch manager is notified by
esw_functions_changed event.

Replace host_params event with esw_functions_changed event that reflects
more appropriate naming.

While at it, also correct num_vfs type from int to u16 as expected by
the function mlx5_esw_query_functions().

Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 95585800 13-May-2019 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Fix number of vports for ingress ACL configuration

With the cited commit, ACLs are configured for the VF ports. The loop
for the number of ports had the wrong number. Fix it.

Fixes: 184867373d8c ("net/mlx5e: ACLs for priority tag mode")
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 02f3afd9 05-Apr-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Correct type to u16 for vport_num and int for vport_index

To avoid any ambiguity between vport index and vport number,
rename functions that had vport, to vport_num or vport_index appropriately.

vport_num is u16 hence change mlx5_eswitch_index_to_vport_num() return
type to u16.

vport_index is an int in vport array. Hence change input type of vport
index in mlx5_eswitch_index_to_vport_num() to int.

Correct multiple eswitch representor interfaces use type u16 of
rep->vport as type int vport_index.

Send vport FW commands with correct eswitch u16 vport_num instead
host int vport_index.

Fixes: 5ae5162066d8 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Assign a different position for uplink rep and vport")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6f4e0219 18-Apr-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use atomic rep state to serialize state change

When the state of rep was introduced, it was also designed to prevent
duplicate unloading of the same rep. Considering the following two
flows when an eswitch manager is at switchdev mode with n VF reps loaded.

+--------------------------------------+--------------------------------+
| cpu-0 | cpu-1 |
| -------- | -------- |
| mlx5_ib_remove | mlx5_eswitch_disable_sriov |
| mlx5_ib_unregister_vport_reps | esw_offloads_cleanup |
| mlx5_eswitch_unregister_vport_reps | esw_offloads_unload_all_reps |
| __unload_reps_all_vport | __unload_reps_all_vport |
+--------------------------------------+--------------------------------+

These two flows will try to unload the same rep. Per original design,
once one flow unloads the rep, the state moves to REGISTERED. The 2nd
flow will no longer needs to do the unload and bails out. However, as
read and write of the state is not atomic, when 1st flow is doing the
unload, the state is still LOADED, 2nd flow is able to do the same
unload action. Kernel crash will happen.

To solve this, driver should do atomic test-and-set for the state. So
that only one flow can change the rep state from LOADED to REGISTERED,
and proceed to do the actual unloading.

Since the state is changing to atomic type, all other read/write should
be atomic action as well.

Fixes: f121e0ea9586 (net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add state to eswitch vport representors)
Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 786ef904 20-Apr-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Reuse mlx5_esw_for_each_vf_vport macro in two files

Currently mlx5_esw_for_each_vf_vport iterates over mlx5_vport entries in
eswitch.c
Same macro in eswitch_offloads.c iterates over vport number in
eswitch_offloads.c

Instead of duplicate macro names, to avoid confusion and to reuse the
same macro in both files, move it to eswitch.h.

To iterate over vport numbers where there is no need to iterate over
mlx5_vport, but only a vport number is needed, rename those macros in
eswitch_offloads.c to mlx5_esw_for_each_vf_num_vport*.

While at it, keep all vport and vport rep iterators together.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 18486737 03-Mar-2019 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: ACLs for priority tag mode

Current ConnectX HW is unable to perform VLAN pop in TX path and VLAN
push on RX path. As a workaround, untagged packets are tagged with
VID 0x000 allowing pop/push actions to be exchanged with VLAN rewrite
actions.
Use the ingress ACL table, preceding the FDB, to push VLAN 0x000 ID tag
for untagged packets and the egress ACL table, succeeding the FDB, to
pop VLAN 0x000 ID tag.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 80f09dfc 29-Apr-2019 Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Eswitch, enable RoCE loopback traffic

When in switchdev mode, we would like to treat loopback RoCE
traffic (on eswitch manager) as RDMA and not as regular
Ethernet traffic
In order to enable it we add flow steering rule that forward RoCE
loopback traffic to the HW RoCE filter (by adding allow rule).
In addition we add RoCE address in GID index 0, which will be
set in the RoCE loopback packet.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# b6d9ccb1 28-Mar-2019 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, don't use hardcoded values for FDB prios

When creating the FDB prios, use the enum values already defined and not
the hardcoded values.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>


# eda99e11 27-Feb-2019 Max Gurtovoy <maxg@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix double mutex initialization

Delete mutex_init call of a lock that's initialized in inner function.

Fixes: eca8cc389535 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor offloads flow steering init/cleanup")
Signed-off-by: Max Gurtovoy <maxg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 5c1d260e 21-Mar-2019 Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Protect from invalid memory access in offload fdb table

The esw offloads structures share a union with the legacy mode structs.
Reset the offloads struct to zero in init to protect from null
assumptions made by the legacy mode code.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# ee576ec1 21-Mar-2019 Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Fix compilation warning in en_tc.c

Amazingly a mlx5e_tc function is being called from the eswitch layer,
which is by itself very terrible! The function was declared locally in
eswitch_offloads.c so it could be used there, which caused the following
compilation warning, fix that.

drivers/.../mlx5/core/en_tc.c:3242:6: [-Werror=missing-prototypes]
error: no previous prototype for ‘mlx5e_tc_clean_fdb_peer_flows’

Fixes: 04de7dda7394 ("net/mlx5e: Infrastructure for duplicated offloading of TC flows")
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 2aca1787 21-Mar-2019 Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Rename total_vfs to total_vports

Macro MLX5_TOTAL_VPORTS() returns total number of vports. Therefore,
rename variable total_vfs to total_vports to improve code readability.

Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c96692fb 20-Dec-2018 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Allow transition to offloads mode for ECPF

Currently, the e-switch driver requires going to legacy mode before
changing to the offloads mode. This makes sense for regular case as
the legacy mode is done by creating VFs.

However, it's problematic when ECPF is the eswitch manager. In such
case, ECPF will control the vports on peer host including the peer
PF and VFs. But ECPF doesn't need and shall not create VFs as the
VFs are created in the peer PF host.

Grant ECPF the ability to change from none to the offloads mode. Note
that currently the only way to go back to none mode is by unloading
the ECPF driver.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# a3888f33 29-Jan-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Load/unload VF reps according to event from host PF

When host PF changes the number of VFs, the ECPF esw driver will get
a FW event. It should query the number of VFs enabled by host PF and
update the VF reps accordingly. Note that host PF can't change the
number of VFs dynamically, it has to reset the number of VFs to 0
before changing to a new positive number.

The host event is registered when driver is moving to switchdev mode,
and it's the last step to do in esw_offloads_init. It's unregistered
and the work queue is flushed when driver quits from switchdev mode.
In this way, the host event and devlink command are serialized.

When driver is enabling switchdev mode, pay attention to the following
two facts:
1. Host PF must not have VF initialized as the flow table in ECPF has
ENCAP enabled as default. Such flow table can't be created with
existing initialized VFs.
2. ECPF doesn't know how many VFs the host PF will enable, ECPF
offloads flow steering shall create the flow table/groups based on
the max number of VFs possibly supported by host PF.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 81cd229c 10-Dec-2018 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Consider ECPF vport depends on eswitch ownership

ECPF connects to the eswitch through vport 0xfffe. ECPF may or may
not be the eswitch manager depending on firmware configuration.

1. If ECPF is eswitch manager: ECPF will take over the eswitch manager
responsibility. A rep of the host PF shall be created at the ECPF
side for the eswitch manager to control.

2. If ECPF is not eswitch manager: host PF will be the eswitch manager,
ECPF acts similar as a VF to the host PF. Host PF will be aware
of the ECPF vport presence and control it's rep.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 5ae51620 14-Dec-2018 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Assign a different position for uplink rep and vport

In offloads mode, the current implementation puts the uplink
representor at index zero of the vport reps array. It is not "natural"
to place it at index 0 since we want to put the representor for vport
0 at index 0 with the introduction of SmartNIC. A separate patch will
handle the case whether a rep is needed for vport 0 (PF vport).

So, we want to have a different placeholder for uplink vport and
representor. It was placed at the end of vport and rep array. Since
vport number can no longer act as an index into the vport or
representors arrays, use functions to map vport numbers to indices
when accessing the vports or representors arrays, and vice versa.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# f8e8fa02 31-Jan-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Centralize repersentor reg/unreg to eswitch driver

Eswitch has two users: IB and ETH. They both register repersentors
when mlx5 interface is added, and unregister the repersentors when
mlx5 interface is removed. Ideally, each driver should only deal with
the entities which are unique to itself. However, current IB and ETH
drivers have to perform the following eswitch operations:

1. When registering, specify how many vports to register. This number
is the same for both drivers which is the total available vport
numbers.
2. When unregistering, specify the number of registered vports to do
unregister. Also, unload the repersentors which are already loaded.

It's unnecessary for eswitch driver to hands out the control of above
operations to individual driver users, as they're not unique to each
driver. Instead, such operations should be centralized to eswitch
driver. This consolidates eswitch control flow, and simplified IB and
ETH driver.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 29d9fd7d 29-Jan-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Support load/unload reps of specific vport types

Currently the driver loads and unloads all reps in an unbreakable
group. However, with ECPF, the reps of special vports such as uplink
and host PF should always be loaded in switchdev mode where the reps
for VFs will be loaded on-demand and unloaded on no-demand. This is
a pre-step for that change.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# f121e0ea 29-Jan-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add state to eswitch vport representors

Currently the eswitch vport reps have a valid indicator, which is
set on register and unset on unregister. However, a rep can be loaded
or not loaded when doing unregister, current driver checks if the
vport of that rep is enabled as a flag to imply the rep is loaded.
However, for ECPF, this is not valid as the host PF will enable the
vports for its VFs instead.

Add three states: {unregistered, registered, loaded}, with the
following state changes across different operations:

create: (none) -> unregistered
reg: unregistered -> registered
load: registered -> loaded
unload: loaded -> registered
unreg: registered -> unregistered

Note that the state shall only be updated inside eswitch driver rather
than individual drivers such as ETH or IB.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 879c8f84 28-Jan-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use getter and iterator to access vport/rep

With only PF and VF, it is sufficient to have the vport/rep array
index as the vport number. This is because PF and VF vports numbers
are consecutive serial numbers. In downstream patches with
introducing of ECPF and UPLINK vports, it's not consecutive any more.

Use getter to get specific vport/rep, and use iterator to traversal
a list of vport/rep. This hides the translation between array index
and vport number, and provides flexibility of using different
translation mechanism in the future.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c9b99abc 31-Jan-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Split VF and special vports for offloads mode

When driver is entering offloads mode, there are two major tasks to
do: initialize flow steering and create representors. Flow steering
should make sure enough flow table/group spaces are reserved for all
reps. Representors will be created in a group, all or none.

With the introduction of ECPF, flow steering should still reserve the
same spaces. But, the representors are not always loaded/unloaded in a
single piece. Once ECPF is in offloads mode, it will get the number
of VF changing event from host PF. In such scenario, only the VF reps
should be loaded/unloaded, not the reps for special vports (such as
the uplink vport).

Thus, when entering offloads mode, driver should specify the total
number of reps, and the number of VF reps separately. When leaving
offloads mode, the cleanup should use the information self-contained
in eswitch such as number of VFs.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# eca8cc38 07-Feb-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor offloads flow steering init/cleanup

E-switch offloads mode initialize/cleanup multiple steering related
entities (flow table/group). Refactor these operations to internal
helper functions for better block design.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# a1b3839a 08-Nov-2018 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Properly refer to the esw manager vport

In SmartNIC mode, the eswitch manager is not necessarily the PF
(vport 0). Use a helper function to get the correct eswitch manager
vport number and cache on the eswitch instance for fast reference.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# cd7e4186 12-Feb-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Avoid magic numbers when initializing offloads mode

When dealing with the offloads mode initialization, driver refers to
the number of VFs and add magic number one (1) to take account of the
uplink. This is not clear and will make the code less readable after
adding other vports (e.g. host PF). As these are special vports
compared to VF vports, add a helper macro to denote such special
vports and eliminate the use of magic number.

Moreover, when creating offloads flow table and groups, the driver
reserves two more slots for UC and MC miss rules. Replace this magic
number with a helper macro as well.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# b05af6aa 12-Feb-2019 Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Normalize the name of uplink vport number

Driver used to name uplink vport as FDB_UPLINK_VPORT, it's hard to
comply with the same naming convention along with the introduction of
other vports. Use MLX5_VPORT as the prefix for such vports and
relocate the uplink vport definition to public header file for the
benefits of both net and IB drivers.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6363651d 10-Jan-2019 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Properly set steering match levels for offloaded TC decap rules

The match level computed by the driver gets to be wrong for decap
rules with wildcarded inner packet match such as:

tc filter add dev vxlan_sys_4789 protocol all parent ffff: prio 2 flower
enc_dst_ip 192.168.0.9 enc_key_id 100 enc_dst_port 4789
action tunnel_key unset
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1

The FW errs for a missing matching meta-data indicator for the outer
headers (where we do have a match), and a wrong matching meta-data
indicator for the inner headers (where we don't have a match).

Fix that by taking into account the matching on the tunnel info and
relating the match level of the encapsulated packet to the firmware
inner headers indicator in case of decap.

As for vxlan we mandate a match on the tunnel udp dst port, and in general
we practically madndate a match on the source or dest ip for any IP tunnel,
the fix was done in a minimal manner around the tunnel match parsing code.

Fixes: d708f902989b ('net/mlx5e: Get the required HW match level while parsing TC flow matches')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Slava Ovsiienko <viacheslavo@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 915fe1a0 13-Nov-2018 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Remove redundant reloading of the IB interface

The reload of the IB interface done on the offloads stop call is
redundant b/c we do that on mlx5_eswitch_disable_sriov(), remove it.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 04de7dda 11-Nov-2018 Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Infrastructure for duplicated offloading of TC flows

Under uplink LAG or multipath schemes, traffic that matches one flow
might arrive on both uplink ports and transmitted through both
as part of supporting aggregation and high-availability.

To cope with the fact that the SW model might use logical SW port
(e.g uplink team or bond) but we have two HW ports with e-switch on
each, there are cases where in order to offload a SW TC rule we
need to duplicate it to two HW flows.

Since each HW rule has its own counter we also aggregate the counter
of both rules when a flow stats query is executed from user-space.

Introduce the changes for the different elements (add/delete/stats),
currently nothing is duplicated.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# ac004b83 11-Nov-2018 Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add peer miss rules

In the sriov offloads mode, packets that are not matched by any
other rule are sent towards the e-switch vport manager for further
processing.

Under upcoming patches (e.g for uplink LAG), packets sent from VF
vports belonging to esw0 (e-switch related to PF0) might end up in
esw1 (e-switch related to PF1) due to muxing logic applied by the
FW.

In such a case we still want the missed packet to be sent to the
"base" esw manager vport in order to present the control plane a
consistent view of the source (VF reresentor) port.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 8c4dc42b 18-Nov-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Support multiple encapsulations for a TC flow

Currently a flow is associated with a single encap structure. The FW
extended destination features enables the driver to associate a flow
with multiple encap instances.

Change the encap id field from a flow scope to a per destination value
in the flow attributes struct. Use the encaps array to associate a flow
table entry with multiple encap entries.

Update the neigh logic to offload only if all encapsulations used in a
flow are connected, and un-offload upon the first one disconnected.

Note that the driver can now support up to two encap destinations.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 1cc26d74 25-Nov-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Support header rewrite actions with remote port mirroring

A rule with the following actions is split to a two level FDB:
1. Forward to local mirror vport
2. Header rewrite
3. Forward to local vport
In the first level flow table, forward the packet to the local port and
forward the packet to the second level flow table for header rewrite and
local port forwarding. This configuration fails when mirroring to a
remote encapsulated destination because currently an FTE cannot support
encap and table destinations.

Use the extended destination capabilities to configure the first level
flow table with a multi-destination FTE to the uplink and second level
table and the second level flow table for the header rewrite and local
port forwarding.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# a18e879d 03-Dec-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Annul encap action ordering requirement

Currently a FW syndrome is emitted if the driver configures a
multi-destination FTE where the first destination is a tunneled uplink
port and the second destination is a local vPort.

Support this scenario by creating a multi-destination FTE using the
firmware's extended destination capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# f493f155 01-Dec-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Move flow attr reformat action bit to per dest flags

Flow attr reformat action bit is moved from the global action bits to a
per destination flags field, as a pre-step for adding additional flags
to support encapsulation properties per destination, with no
functionality change.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# df65a573 01-Dec-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Refactor eswitch flow attr for destination specific properties

Currently the eswitch flow attr structure stores each destination
specific property in its own specific array.
Group them in an array of destination structures as a pre-step towards
adding additional destination specific field properties.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e85e02ba 23-Nov-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Rename esw attr mirror count field

The mirror count esw attributes field is used to determine if splitting
the rule to two FTEs is required while programming e-switch mirroring.
Rename it to split count, making it clearer with no functional change.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# aa39c2c0 10-Dec-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Change vhca id valid bool field to bit flag

Change the driver flow destination struct to use bit flags with the vhca
id valid being the 1st one. The flags field is more extendable and will
be used in downstream patch.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# bf07aa73 02-Sep-2018 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Support offloading tc priorities and chains for eswitch flows

Currently we fail when user specify a non-zero chain, this patch adds the
support for it and tc priorities. To get to a new chain, use the tc
goto action.

Currently we support a fixed prio range 1-16, and chain range 0-3.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c92a0b94 04-Sep-2018 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enable setting goto slow path chain action

A pre-step for the tc offloads code to use this when a neigh is
not available for encap rules.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 42f7ad67 02-Sep-2018 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: For TC offloads, always add new flow instead of appending the actions

When replacing a tc flower rule, flower first requests to add the
new rule (new action), then deletes the old one.
But currently when asked to add a new tc flower flow, we append the
actions (and counters to it).

This can result in a fte with two flow counters or conflicting
actions (drop and encap action) which firmware complains/errs
about and isn't achieving what the user aimed for.

Instead, insert the flow using the new no-append flag which will add a
new HW rule, the old flow and rule will be deleted later by flower

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanmox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e52c2802 02-Jul-2018 Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add chains and priorities

A chain is a group of priorities, so use the fdb parallel
sub namespaces to implement chains, and a flow table for each
priority in them.

Because these namespaces are parallel and in series to the slow path
fdb, the chains aren't connected to one another (but to the slow path),
and one must use a explicit goto action to reach a different chain.

Flow tables for the priorities will be created on demand and destroyed
once not used.

The Firmware has four pools of tables for sizes S/XS/M/L (4k, 64k, 1m, 4m).
We maintain ghost copies of the pools occupancy.

When a new table is to be created, we scan the pools from large to small
and find the 1st table size which can be now created. When a table is
destroyed, we update the relevant pool.

Multi chain/prio isn't enabled yet by this patch, for now all flows
will use the default chain 0, and prio 1.

Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 48265006 20-Sep-2018 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Have explicit API to delete fwd rules

Be symmetric with the e-switch API to add rules which has a
specific function to add fwd rules which are used as part of
vport mirroring.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 171c7625b 02-Oct-2018 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Use flow counter IDs and not the wrapping cache object

Currently, when a flow rule is created using the FS core layer, the caller
has to pass the entire flow counter object and not just the counter HW
handle (ID). This requires both the FS core and the caller to have
knowledge about the inner implementation of the FS layer flow counters
cache and limits the possible users.

Move to use the counter ID across the place when dealing with flows.

Doing this decoupling, now can we privatize the inner implementation
of the flow counters.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# b8aee822 02-Oct-2018 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Get counters for offloaded flows from callers

There's no real reason for the e-switch logic to manage the creation of
counters for offloaded flows. The API already has the directive for the
caller to denote they want to attach a counter to the created flow.
As such, we go and move the management of flow counters to the mlx5e
tc offload logic. This also lets us remove an inelegant interface where
the FS layer had to provide a way to retrieve a counter from a flow rule.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 8c98ee77 05-Aug-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add extack messages to devlink callbacks

Return extack messages for failures in the e-switch devlink callbacks.
Messages provide reasons for not being able to issue the operation.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# db7ff19e 15-Aug-2018 Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>

devlink: Add extack for eswitch operations

Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations.

Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c966f7d5 16-Aug-2018 Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Provide flow dest when creating vport rx rule

Currently the destination for the representor e-switch rx rule is
a TIR number. Towards changing that to potentially be a flow table,
as part of enabling RSS for representors, modify the signature of
the related e-switch API to get a flow destination.

Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c88a026e 21-Aug-2018 Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix memory leak when creating switchdev mode FDB tables

The memory allocated for the slow path table flow group input structure
was not freed upon successful return, fix that.

Fixes: 1967ce6ea5c8 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor fast path FDB table creation in switchdev mode")
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 60786f09 28-Aug-2018 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

{net, RDMA}/mlx5: Rename encap to reformat packet

Renames all encap mlx5_{core,ib} code to use the new naming of packet
reformat. This change doesn't introduce any function change and is
needed to properly reflect the operation being done by this action.
For example not only can we encapsulate a packet, but also decapsulate it.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>


# 61444b45 28-Aug-2018 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Break encap/decap into two separated flow table creation flags

Today we are able to attach encap and decap actions only to the FDB. In
preparation to enable those actions on the NIC flow tables, break the
single flag into two. Those flags control whatever a decap or encap
operations can be attached to the flow table created. For FDB, if
encapsulation is required, we set both of them.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>


# cc495188 25-Apr-2018 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Support offloading double vlan push/pop tc actions

As we can configure two push/pop actions in one flow table entry,
add support to offload those double vlan actions in a rule to HW.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 1482bd3d 02-Jul-2018 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Refactor tc vlan push/pop actions offloading

Extract actions offloading code to a new function, and also extend data
structures for double vlan actions.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 8da6fe2a 16-Jul-2018 Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add core support for double vlan push/pop steering action

As newer firmware supports double push/pop in a single FTE, we add
core bits and extend vlan action logic for it.

Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 733d3e54 31-May-2018 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Avoid dealing with vport representors if not being e-switch manager

In smartnic env, the host (PF) driver might not be an e-switch
manager, hence the switchdev mode representors are running on
the embedded cpu (EC) and not at the host.

As such, we should avoid dealing with vport representors if
not being esw manager.

While here, make sure to disallow eswitch switchdev related
setups through devlink if we are not esw managers.

Fixes: cb67b832921c ('net/mlx5e: Introduce SRIOV VF representors')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e4ad91f2 16-May-2018 Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Split offloaded eswitch TC rules for port mirroring

If a TC rule needs to be split for mirroring, create two HW rules,
in the first level and the second level flow tables accordingly.

In the first level flow table, forward the packet to the mirror
port and forward the packet to the second level flow table for
further processing, eg. encap, vlan push or header re-write.

Currently the matching is repeated in both stages.

While here, simplify the setup of the vhca id valid indicator also
in the existing code.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 592d3651 03-May-2018 Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Parse mirroring action for offloaded TC eswitch flows

Currently, we only support the mirred redirect TC sub-action. In order
to support flow based vport mirroring, add support to parse the mirred
mirror sub-action.

For mirroring, user-space will typically set the action order such that
the mirror port (mirror VF) sees packets as the original port (VF under
mirroring) sent them or as it will receive them.

In the general case, it means that packets are potentially sent to the
mirror port before or after some actions were applied on them. To
properly do that, we should follow on the exact action order as set for
the flow and make sure this will also be the case when we program the HW
offload.

We introduce a counter for the output ports (attr->out_count), which we
increase when parsing each mirred redirect/mirror sub-action and when
dealing with encap.

We introduce a counter (attr->mirror_count) telling us if split is
needed. If no split is needed and mirroring is just multicasting to
vport, the mirror count is zero, all the actions of the TC flow should
apply on that single HW flow.

If split is needed, the mirror count tells where to do the split, all
non-mirred tc actions should apply only after the split.

The mirror count is set while parsing the following actions encap/decap,
header re-write, vlan push/pop.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# a842dd04 16-May-2018 Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-switch, Create a second level FDB flow table

If firmware supports the forward action with a destination list
that includes a flow table, create a second level FDB flow table.

This is going to be used for flow based mirroring under the switchdev
offloads mode.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 52fff327 16-May-2018 Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Reorganize and rename fdb flow tables

We have several fdb flow tables for each of the legacy and switchdev
modes. In the switchdev mode, there are fast path and slow path flow
tables. Towards adding more flow tables in upcoming patches, reorganize
and rename the various existing ones to reflect their functionality.

Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 10ff5359 18-Mar-2018 Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Explicitly set source e-switch in offloaded TC rules

Set a specific source e-switch when setting a rule that matches on the
ingress port.

Signed-off-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 56e858df 18-Mar-2018 Rabie Loulou <rabiel@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Explicitly set destination e-switch in FDB rules

Set a specific destination e-switch when setting a destination vport.

Signed-off-by: Rabie Loulou <rabiel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# b17f7fc1 21-Mar-2018 Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add destination e-switch owner

The destination e-switch owner allows a rule in namespace of one e-switch
owner to point to a vport that is natively associated with another
e-switch owner.

Signed-off-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e574978a 16-May-2018 Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>

net/mlx5: Eswitch, Use 'kvfree()' for memory allocated by 'kvzalloc()'

When 'kvzalloc()' is used to allocate memory, 'kvfree()' must be used to
free it.

Fixes: fed9ce22bf8ae ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add API to create vport rx rules")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 38aa51c1 05-Apr-2018 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Support offloaded TC flows with no matches on headers

For example:
tc filter add dev ens2f0_0 parent ffff: flower skip_sw action drop

Note that for eswitch flows, we still always match on the source port.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6acfbf38 31-Jan-2018 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Offload tc vlan push/pop using HW action

Currently, we are emulating the offload of vlan push/pop actions using
global setup as done by commit f5f82476090f ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Support
VLAN actions in the offloads mode"). With newer NICs, we can apply a flow
action for that matter, do that while keeping the emulated path for the
older HW brands.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# aa24670e 30-Jan-2018 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use same source for offloaded actions check

Align the checks for modify header and encap actions with the
rest of the code.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c5447c70 23-Jan-2018 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Reload IB interface when switching devlink modes

Up until this point it wasn't possible to activate IB representors
when switching to switchdev mode, remove this limitation.

We trigger reload of the PF IB interface in order to make sure that
already allocated resources are invalid and new resources will be opened
correctly with all the limitations of switchdev mode applied (only raw
packet capabilities, without RoCE). We also move the remove/add to a
place where the E-Switch mode is set/unset to better control when to
trigger this action, this will allow the IB side to start in the correct
mode.

For better code reuse, create a function which reloads an interface and
export it.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# f80be543 30-Jan-2018 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Optimize HW steering tables in switchdev mode

Under switchdev mode we insert an eswitch miss rule causing any
unmatched traffic to be sent towards the PF vport. This miss rule can
be optimized if we break it to two, one case is for multicast traffic and
the other for unicast.

Breaking the miss rule into two (unicast and multicast) allows the firmware
to program the hardware in a more efficient way.

Using ConncetX-5 Ex with IXIA and testpmd (which use IB representors):

IXIA -> NIC -> PF -> IB representor -> NIC -> VF:
- Without this optimization: 9.2 MPPS.
- With this optimization: 18 MPPS.

VF -> NIC -> IB representor-> PF -> NIC -> IXIA:
- Without this optimization: 17 MPPS.
- With this optimization: 23.4 MPPS.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# cd3d07e7 23-Jan-2018 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Increase number of FTEs in FDB in switchdev mode

The max FTE number should be the max number of SQs that can be opened.
Ethernet representors open one SQ each. Once we add IB representor this
will increase (depends on the user). For now lets start with 31
per IB representor and if needed increase in the future.

This increase only affects the number of FTEs in the slow path FDB,
offloaded rules (done via TC on the fast path portion of the FDB)
aren't affected.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 57cbd893 16-Jan-2018 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Move representors definition to a global scope

In preparation for IB representors, move representors structs to a global
scope, also expose functions needed for registration, unregistration,
eswitch mode and creating a flow rule to direct traffic from SQs to the
right VF.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 22215908 27-Sep-2017 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add callback to get representor device

Add a callback interface to get a protocol device (per representor type).
The Ethernet representors will expose their netdev via this interface.

This functionality can be later used by IB representor in order to find the
corresponding net device representor.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# a4b97ab4 07-Dec-2017 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Create generic header struct to be used by representors

Now that we don't store type dependent data in struct mlx5_eswitch_rep
we can create a generic interface, and representor type.

struct mlx5_eswitch_rep will store an array of interfaces, each
interface is used by a different representor type.

Once we moved to a more generic interface, rdma driver representors can
be added and utilize the same mechanism as the Ethernet driver
representors use.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 5ed99fb4 07-Dec-2017 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Move ethernet representors data into separate struct

Ethernet representors have a need to store data which is applicable
only for them. Create a priv void pointer in struct mlx5_eswitch_rep
and move mlx5e to store the relevant data there. As part of this change
we also initialize rep_if in mlx5e_rep_register_vf_vports() as otherwise the
E-Switch code will copy a priv value which is garbage.

We also rename mlx5_eswitch_get_uplink_netdev() to
mlx5_eswitch_get_uplink_priv() and make it return void *.
This way E-Switch code doesn't need to deal with net devices and
we leave the task of getting it to mlx5e.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 159fe639 07-Dec-2017 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Create a dedicated send to vport rule deletion function

In order for representors to send packets directly to VFs we use an
E-Switch function which insert special rules into the HW. For symmetry
create an E-Switch function that deletes these rules as well.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# f7a68945 07-Dec-2017 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Move mlx5e only logic outside E-Switch

In our pursuit to cleanup e-switch sub-module from mlx5e specific code,
we move the functions that insert/remove the flow steering rules that
allow mlx5e representors to send packets directly to VFs into the EN
driver code.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 4c66df01 24-Aug-2017 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Simplify representor load/unload callback API

In the load() callback for loading representors we don't really need
struct mlx5_eswitch but struct mlx5_core_dev, pass it directly.

In the unload() callback for unloading representors we don't need the
struct mlx5_eswitch argument, remove it.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 6ed1803a 09-Aug-2017 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor load/unload of representors

Refactor the load/unload stages for better code reuse.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e8d31c4d 09-Aug-2017 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor vport representors initialization

Refactor the init stage of vport representors registration.
vport number and hw id can be assigned by the E-Switch driver and not by
the netdevice driver. While here, make the error path of mlx5_eswitch_init()
a reverse order of the good path, also use kcalloc to allocate an array
instead of kzalloc.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 4c5009c5 18-Oct-2017 Rabie Loulou <rabiel@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Initialize destination_flow struct to 0

This is needed in order to enlarge it with more members that will get
value of 0 when not set.

Signed-off-by: Rabie Loulou <rabiel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 19122039 01-Aug-2017 Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Unload the representors in the correct order

When changing from switchdev to legacy mode, all the representor port
devices (uplink nic and reps) are cleaned up. Part of this cleaning
process is removing the neigh entries and the hash table containing them.
However, a representor neigh entry might be linked to the uplink port
hash table and if the uplink nic is cleaned first the cleaning of the
representor will end up in null deref.
Fix that by unloading the representors in the opposite order of load.

Fixes: cb67b832921c ("net/mlx5e: Introduce SRIOV VF representors")
Signed-off-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# a8ffcc74 09-Jul-2017 Rabie Loulou <rabiel@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Increase the maximum flow counters supported

Read new NIC capability field which represnts 16 MSBs of the max flow
counters number supported (max_flow_counter_31_16).

Backward compatibility with older firmware is preserved, the modified
driver reads max_flow_counter_31_16 as 0 from the older firmware and
uses up to 64K counters.

Changed flow counter id from 16 bits to 32 bits. Backward compatibility
with older firmware is preserved as we kept the 16 LSBs of the counter
id in place and added 16 MSBs from reserved field.

Changed the background bulk reading of flow counters to work in chunks
of at most 32K counters, to make sure we don't attempt to allocate very
large buffers.

Signed-off-by: Rabie Loulou <rabiel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 2fe30e23 28-May-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Avoid space after casting

Fix checkpatch complaints on that:

CHECK: No space is necessary after a cast

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# e53eef63 28-May-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Align to match opening parenthesis

Fixed checkpatch complaints of the form:

CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 9d1cef19 04-Jun-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Properly check applicability of devlink eswitch commands

Currently we don't check that the link type is Eth and hence crash
on IB ports when attempting to deref esw->xxx, fix that.

To avoid repeating this check over and over, put the existing
checks and the one on link type in a single helper.

Fixes: 7768d1971de6 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for encapsulation')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Mohamad Badarnah <mohamadb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 1b9a07ee 10-May-2017 Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>

{net, IB}/mlx5: Replace mlx5_vzalloc with kvzalloc

Commit a7c3e901a46f ("mm: introduce kv[mz]alloc helpers") added
proper implementation of mlx5_vzalloc function to the MM core.

This made the mlx5_vzalloc function useless, so let's remove it.

Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 45247bf2 25-Apr-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Remove encap entry pointer from the eswitch flow attributes

Encap wise, the tc eswitch flow attribute struct needs to have
only the encap ID which is programmed later to the HW and none
of the higher level encap params, fix that.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# c415f704 30-Mar-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Correctly deal with inline mode on ConnectX-5

On ConnectX5 the wqe inline mode is "none" and hence the FW
reports MLX5_CAP_INLINE_MODE_NOT_REQUIRED.

Fix our devlink callbacks to deal with that on get and set.

Also fix the tc flow parsing code not to fail anything when
inline isn't required.

Fixes: bffaa916588e ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for inline mode')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 7768d197 25-Sep-2016 Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for encapsulation

Implement the devlink e-switch encapsulation control set and get
callbacks. Apply the value set by the user on the switchdev offloads
mode when creating the fast FDB table where offloaded rules will be set.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 1967ce6e 14-Feb-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor fast path FDB table creation in switchdev mode

Refactor the creation of the fast path FDB table that holds the
offloaded rules in SRIOV switchdev mode into it's own function.

This will be used in the next patch to be able and re-create the
table under different settings without going through legacy mode.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# b3ba5149 12-Apr-2017 Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Refactor create flow table method to accept underlay QP

IB flow tables need the underlay qp to perform flow steering.
Here we change the API of the flow tables creation to accept the
underlay QP number as a parameter in order to support IB (IPoIB) flow
steering.

Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# d7e75a32 25-Jan-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Add offloading of E-Switch TC pedit (header re-write) actions

This includes calling the parsing code that translates from pedit
speak to the HW API, allocation (deallocation) of a modify header
context and setting the modify header id associated with this
context to the FTE of that flow.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# aa0cbbae 14-Mar-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Properly deal with resource cleanup when adding TC flow fails

The code for adding tc fdb flows leaves things half set when it fails
in the middle. Currently we are not leaking things (e.g eswitch
vlan reference, encap reference and HW resources) since the main
code to add flower rules does a cleanup by calling mlx5e_tc_del_flow().

This cleanup further works just b/c we're checking there if the HW rule
for the flow we are attempting to delete is valid before touching it, and
since under the current possible combinations of supported actions it's okay
to go and blidnly deref or delete all the action related resources (encap, vlan).

Instead, do things properly, namely make sure that if add flow fails we
clean all what was allocated or referenced. Now, the flow delete code can
blindly deref/deallocate both the rule and the actions related resources and
when more action combinations are introduced (such as the upcoming header
re-write) we are fine with clear and robust code.

While here, align all of nic/fdb parse actions/add flow functions to get
mlx5e_tc_flow struct param and pick the attributes or whatever else needed
from there.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 375f51e2 21-Mar-2017 Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Don't allow changing inline mode when flows are configured

Changing the eswitch inline mode can potentially cause already configured
flows not to match the policy. E.g. set policy L4, add some L4 rules,
set policy to L2 --> bad! Hence we disallow it.

Keep track of how many offloaded rules are now set and refuse
inline mode changes if this isn't zero.

Fixes: bffaa916588e ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for inline mode")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# d85cdccb 21-Mar-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Change the TC offload rule add/del code path to be per NIC or E-Switch

Refactor the code to deal with add/del TC rules to have handler per NIC/E-switch
offloading use case, and push the latter into the e-switch code. This provides
better separation and is to be used in down-stream patch for applying a fix.

Fixes: bffaa916588e ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for inline mode")
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 5bae8c031 15-Jan-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Re-enable RoCE on mode change only after FDB destroy

We must re-enable RoCE on the e-switch management port (PF) only after destroying
the FDB in its switchdev/offloaded mode. Otherwise, when encapsulation is supported,
this re-enablement will fail.

Also, it's more natural and symmetric to disable RoCE on the PF before we create
the FDB under switchdev mode, so do that as well and revert if getting into error
during the mode change later.

Fixes: 9da34cd34e85 ('net/mlx5: Disable RoCE on the e-switch management [..]')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 5403dc70 11-Jan-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Err when retrieving steering name-space fails

Make sure to return error when we failed retrieving the FDB steering
name space. Also, while around, correctly print the error when mode
change revert fails in the warning message.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# eff596da 12-Jan-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Return EOPNOTSUPP when failing to get steering name-space

When we fail to retrieve a hardware steering name-space, the returned error
code should say that this operation is not supported. Align the various
places in the driver where this call is made to this convention.

Also, make sure to warn when we fail to retrieve a SW (ANCHOR) name-space.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 9eb78923 11-Jan-2017 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Change ENOTSUPP to EOPNOTSUPP

As ENOTSUPP is specific to NFS, change the return error value to
EOPNOTSUPP in various places in the mlx5 driver.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 264d7bf3 19-Dec-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Enlarge the FDB size for the switchdev mode

The E-Switch FDB size was hard coded to 8k. Change it to be

min(max eswitch table size, max flow counters * num flow groups)

where the max values are read from the firmware and the number of
flow groups is hard-coded as before this change.

We don't know upfront the division of flows to group. This setup allows
each group to be of size up to the where we want to support (we mandate
pairing of flows with counters for offloading). Thus, we don't expect
multiple occurences for a group which in turn adds steering hops.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>


# 9da34cd3 28-Dec-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Disable RoCE on the e-switch management port under switchdev mode

Under the switchdev/offloads mode, packets that don't match any
e-switch steering rule are sent towards the e-switch management
port. We use a NIC HW steering rule set per vport (uplink and VFs)
to make them be received into the host OS through the respective
vport representor netdevice.

Currnetly such missed RoCE packets will not get to this NIC steering
rule, and hence VF RoCE will not work over the slow path of the offloads
mode. This is b/c these packets will be matched by a steering rule added
by the firmware that serves RoCE traffic set on the PF NIC vport which
is also the e-switch management port under SRIOV.

Disabling RoCE on the e-switch management vport when we are in the offloads
mode, will signal to the firmware to remove their RoCE rule, and then the
missed RoCE packets will be matched by the representor NIC steering rule
as any other missed packets.

To achieve that, we disable RoCE on the PF vport. We do that by removing
(hot-unplugging) the IB device instance associated with the PF. This is
also required by our current model where the PF serves as the uplink
representor and hence only SW switching (TC, bridge, OVS) applications
and slow path vport mlx5e net-device should be running over that vport.

Fixes: c930a3ad7453 ('net/mlx5e: Add devlink based SRIOV mode changes')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 726293f1 01-Dec-2016 Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Save the represntor netdevice as part of the representor

Replace the representor private data to a net_device pointer holding the
representor netdevice, instead of void pointer holding mlx5e_priv.

It will be used by a new eswitch service function, returning the uplink representor
netdevice.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# bffaa916 22-Nov-2016 Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add control for inline mode

Implement devlink show and set of HW inline-mode.
The supported modes: none, link, network, transport.
We currently support one mode for all vports so set is done on all vports.
When eswitch is first initialized the inline-mode is queried from the FW.

Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# a54e20b4 07-Nov-2016 Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Add basic TC tunnel set action for SRIOV offloads

In mlx5 HW, encapsulation is offloaded by the steering rule having
index into an encapsulation table containing the entire set of headers
to be added by the HW. The driver sets these headers in a buffer when we
are offloading the action.

The code maintains mlx5_encap_entry for each encap header it has
encountered when attempted to offload TC tunnel set action.

This entry maintains a linked list of all the flows sharing the same
encap header, when the last flow is removed from the list the encap
entry is removed.

The actual encap_header is allocated by the driver in the hardware only
if we have layer two neighbour info when the encap entry is created.
While the flow is in the driver, the driver holds a reference on the
neighbour.

When a new flow with encap action is inserted, the code first checks if
the required encap entry exists according to the tunnel set parameters.
If it does the encap is shared, otherwise a new mlx5_encap_entry is
created.

TC action parsing implementation in the driver assumes that tunnel set
action is provided in the same order set by the user, e.g before the
mirred_redirect action.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# bbd00f7e 07-Nov-2016 Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Add TC tunnel release action for SRIOV offloads

Enhance the parsing of offloaded TC rules to set HW matching on outer
(encapsulation) headers.
Parse TC tunnel release action and set it as mlx5 decap action when the
required capabilities are supported.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 66958ed9 07-Nov-2016 Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Support encap id when setting new steering entry

In order to support steering rules which add encapsulation headers,
encap_id parameter is needed.

Add new mlx5_flow_act struct which holds action related parameter:
action, flow_tag and encap_id. Use mlx5_flow_act struct when adding a new
steering rule.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# c9f1b073 07-Nov-2016 Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add creation flags when adding new flow table

When creating flow tables, allow the caller to specify creation flags.
Currently no flags are used and as such this patch doesn't add any new
functionality.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# ee39fbc4 03-Nov-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Set the actions for offloaded rules properly

As for the current generation of the mlx5 HW (CX4/CX4-Lx) per flow vlan
push/pop actions are emulated, we must not program them to the firmware.

Fixes: f5f82476090f ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Support VLAN actions in the offloads mode')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# e37a79e5 20-Sep-2016 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Add tc support for FWD rule with counter

When creating a FWD rule using tc create also a HW counter
for this rule.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>


# 74491de9 31-Aug-2016 Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add multi dest support

Currently when calling mlx5_add_flow_rule we accept
only one flow destination, this commit allows to pass
multiple destinations.

This change forces us to change the return structure to a more
flexible one. We introduce a flow handle (struct mlx5_flow_handle),
it holds internally the number for rules created and holds an array
where each cell points the to a flow rule.

From the consumers (of mlx5_add_flow_rule) point of view this
change is only cosmetic and requires only to change the type
of the returned value they store.

From the core point of view, we now need to use a loop when
allocating and deleting rules (e.g given to us a flow handler).

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>


# f5f82476 22-Sep-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Support VLAN actions in the offloads mode

Many virtualization systems use a policy under which a vlan tag is
pushed to packets sent by guests, and popped before the packet is
forwarded to the VM.

The current generation of the mlx5 HW doesn't fully support that on
a per flow level. As such, we are addressing the above common use
case with the SRIOV e-Switch abilities to push vlan into packets
sent by VFs and pop vlan from packets forwarded to VFs.

The HW can match on the correct vlan being present in packets
forwarded to VFs (eSwitch steering is done before stripping
the tag), so this part is offloaded as is.

A common practice for vlans is to avoid both push vlan and pop vlan
for inter-host VM/VM (east-west) communication because in this case,
push on egress cancels out with pop on ingress.

For supporting that, we use a global eswitch vlan pop policy, hence
allowing guest A to communicate with both remote VM B and local VM C.
This works since the HW pops the vlan only if it exists (e.g for
C --> A packets but not for B --> A packets).

On the slow path, when a VF vport has an offloaded flow which involves
pushing vlans, wheres another flow is not currently offloaded, the
packets from the 2nd flow seen by the VF representor on the host have
vlan. The VF rep driver removes such vlan before calling into the host
networking stack.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 776b12b6 22-Sep-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Put elements related to offloaded TC rule in one struct

Put the representors related to the source and dest vports and the
action in struct mlx5_esw_flow_attr which is used while setting the FDB rule.

This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# bac9b6aa 22-Sep-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Set vport representor fields explicitly on registration

The structure we use for the eswitch vport representor (mlx5_eswitch_rep)
has some fields which are set from upper layers in the driver when they
register the rep. Use explicit setting on registration time for them and
avoid global memcpy. This patch doesn't add new functionality.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 9deb2241 22-Sep-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Set the vport when registering the uplink rep

Set the vport value in the PF entry to be that of the uplink so
we can use it blindly over the tc / eswitch offload code without
translating it each time we deal with the uplink representor.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 6c419ba8 18-Sep-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Handle mode change failures

E-switch mode changes involve creating HW tables, potentially allocating
netdevices, etc, and things can fail. Add an attempt to rollback to the
existing mode when changing to the new mode fails. Only if rollback fails,
getting proper SRIOV functionality requires module unload or sriov
disablement/enablement.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 1a8ee6f2 18-Aug-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Set the send-to-vport rules in the correct table

While adding actual offloading support to the new switchdev mode, we didn't
change the setup of the send-to-vport rules to put them in the slow path
table, fix that.

Fixes: 1033665e63b6 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use two priorities for SRIOV offloads mode')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# ef78618b 18-Aug-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Return the correct devlink e-switch mode

Since mlx5 has also the NONE e-switch mode, we must translate from mlx5
mode to devlink mode on the devlink eswitch mode get call, do that.

While here, remove the mlx5_ prefix from the static function helpers
that deal with the mode to comply with the rest of the code.

Fixes: c930a3ad7453 ('net/mlx5e: Add devlink based SRIOV mode change')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 3d80d1a2 14-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add API to configure rules for the offloaded mode

This allows for upper levels in the driver, e.g the TC offload code to add
e-switch offloaded steering rules. The caller provides the rule spec for
matching, action, source and destination vports.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 1033665e 14-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use two priorities for SRIOV offloads mode

In the offloads mode, some slow path rules are added by the driver (e.g
send-to-vport), while offloaded rules are to be added from upper layers.

The slow path rules have lower priority and we don't want matching on
offloaded rules to suffer from extra steering hops related to the slow
path rules.

We use two priorities, one for offloaded rules (fast path), and one for
the control rules (slow path). To allow for that, we enable two priorities
for the FDB namespace in the FS core code.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# c5bb1730 04-Jul-2016 Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Refactor mlx5_add_flow_rule

Reduce the set of arguments passed to mlx5_add_flow_rule
by introducing flow_spec structure.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# cb67b832 01-Jul-2016 Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Introduce SRIOV VF representors

Implement the relevant profile functions to create mlx5e driver instance
serving as VF representor. When SRIOV offloads mode is enabled, each VF
will have a representor netdevice instance on the host.

To do that, we also export set of shared service functions from en_main.c,
such that they can be used by both NIC and repsresentors netdevs.

The newly created representor netdevice has a basic set of net_device_ops
which are the same ndo functions as the NIC netdevice and an ndo of it's
own for phys port name.

The profiling infrastructure allow sharing code between the NIC and the
vport representor even though the representor has only a subset of the
NIC functionality.

The VF reps and the PF which is used in that mode to represent the uplink,
expose switchdev ops. Currently the only op supposed is attr get for the
port parent ID which here serves to identify net-devices belonging to the
same HW E-Switch. Other than that, no offloading is implemented and hence
switching functionality is achieved if one sets SW switching rules, e.g
using tc, bridge or ovs.

Port phys name (ndo_get_phys_port_name) is implemented to allow exporting
to user-space the VF vport number and along with the switchdev port parent
id (phys_switch_id) enable a udev base consistent naming scheme:

SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_switch_id}=="<phys_switch_id>", \
ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", NAME="$PF_NIC$attr{phys_port_name}"

where phys_switch_id is exposed by the PF (and VF reps) and $PF_NIC is
the name of the PF netdevice.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 127ea380 01-Jul-2016 Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add Representors registration API

Introduce E-Switch registration/unregister representors functions.

Those functions are called by the mlx5e driver when the PF NIC is
created upon pci probe action regardless of the E-Switch mode (NONE,
LEGACY or OFFLOADS).

Adding basic E-Switch database that will hold the vport represntors
upon creation.

This patch doesn't add any new functionality.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# c930a3ad 01-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5e: Add devlink based SRIOV mode changes

Implement handlers for the devlink commands to get and set the SRIOV
E-Switch mode.

When turning to the switchdev/offloads mode, we disable the e-switch
and enable it again in the new mode, create the NIC offloads table
and create VF reps.

When turning to legacy mode, we remove the VF reps and the offloads
table, and re-initiate the e-switch in it's legacy mode.

The actual creation/removal of the VF reps is done in downstream patches.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# feae9087 01-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: Add devlink interface

The devlink interface is initially used to set/get the mode of the SRIOV e-switch.

Currently, these are only stubs for get/set, down-stream patch will actually
fill them out.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# fed9ce22 01-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add API to create vport rx rules

Add the API to create vport rx rules of the form

packet meta-data :: vport == $VPORT --> $TIR

where the TIR is opened by this VF representor.

This logic will by used for packets that didn't match any rule in the
e-switch datapath and should be received into the host OS through the
netdevice that represents the VF they were sent from.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# c116c6ee 01-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add offloads table

Belongs to the NIC offloads name-space, and to be used as part of the
SRIOV offloads logic to steer packets that hit the e-switch miss rule
to the TIR of the relevant VF representor.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# ab22be9b 01-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add API to create send-to-vport rules

Add the API to create send-to-vport e-switch rules of the form

packet meta-data :: send-queue-number == $SQN and source-vport == 0 --> $VPORT

These rules are to be used for a send-to-vport logic which conceptually bypasses
the "normal" steering rules currently present at the e-switch datapath.

Such rule should apply only for packets that originate in the e-switch manager
vport (0) and are sent for a given SQN which is used by a given VF representor
device, and hence the matching logic.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 3aa33572 01-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add miss rule for offloads mode

In the sriov offloads mode, packets that are not matched by any other
rule should be sent towards the e-switch manager for further processing.

Add such "miss" rule which matches ANY packet as the last rule in the
e-switch FDB and programs the HW to send the packet to vport 0 where
the e-switch manager runs.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>


# 69697b6e 01-Jul-2016 Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>

net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add support for the sriov offloads mode

Unlike the legacy mode, here, forwarding rules are not learned by the
driver per events on macs set by VFs/VMs into their vports, but rather
should be programmed by higher-level SW entities.

Saying that, still, in the offloads mode (SRIOV_OFFLOADS), two flow
groups are created by the driver for management (slow path) purposes:

The first group will be used for sending packets over e-switch vports
from the host OS where the e-switch management code runs, to be
received by VFs.

The second group will be used by a miss rule which forwards packets toward
the e-switch manager. Further logic will trap these packets such that
the receiving net-device as seen by the networking stack is the representor
of the vport that sent the packet over the e-switch data-path.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>